Commit Graph

13890 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Amit Kapila
ac4645c015 Allow pgoutput to send logical decoding messages.
The output plugin accepts a new parameter (messages) that controls if
logical decoding messages are written into the replication stream. It is
useful for those clients that use pgoutput as an output plugin and needs
to process messages that were written by pg_logical_emit_message().

Although logical streaming replication protocol supports logical
decoding messages now, logical replication does not use this feature yet.

Author: David Pirotte, Euler Taveira
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira, Andres Freund, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADK3HHJ-+9SO7KuRLH=9Wa1rAo60Yreq1GFNkH_kd0=CdaWM+A@mail.gmail.com
2021-04-06 08:40:47 +05:30
Tom Lane
09c1c6ab4b Support INCLUDE'd columns in SP-GiST.
Not much to say here: does what it says on the tin.
We steal a previously-always-zero bit from the nextOffset
field of leaf index tuples in order to track whether there
is a nulls bitmap.  Otherwise it works about like included
columns in other index types.

Pavel Borisov, reviewed by Andrey Borodin and Anastasia Lubennikova,
and rather heavily editorialized on by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEFi-vMp4faht9f9Junb1nO3NOSjhpxTmbm1UGLMsLqiEQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-04-05 18:41:21 -04:00
Stephen Frost
6c3ffd697e Add pg_read_all_data and pg_write_all_data roles
A commonly requested use-case is to have a role who can run an
unfettered pg_dump without having to explicitly GRANT that user access
to all tables, schemas, et al, without that role being a superuser.
This address that by adding a "pg_read_all_data" role which implicitly
gives any member of this role SELECT rights on all tables, views and
sequences, and USAGE rights on all schemas.

As there may be cases where it's also useful to have a role who has
write access to all objects, pg_write_all_data is also introduced and
gives users implicit INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE rights on all tables,
views and sequences.

These roles can not be logged into directly but instead should be
GRANT'd to a role which is able to log in.  As noted in the
documentation, if RLS is being used then an administrator may (or may
not) wish to set BYPASSRLS on the login role which these predefined
roles are GRANT'd to.

Reviewed-by: Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200828003023.GU29590@tamriel.snowman.net
2021-04-05 13:42:52 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
6734e80695
Align some terms in arch-dev.sgml to glossary
This mostly adds links to the glossary to the existing text, instead of
using <firstterm>.  Heikki left this out of 29ad6595ef out of
stylistic concerns; these have since been addressed.

Author: Jürgen Purtz <juergen@purtz.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/67d7240f-8596-83fc-5e15-af06c128a0f5@purtz.de
2021-04-05 11:46:13 -04:00
Tom Lane
ac9099fc1d Fix confusion in SP-GiST between attribute type and leaf storage type.
According to the documentation, the attType passed to the opclass
config function (and also relied on by the core code) is the type
of the heap column or expression being indexed.  But what was
actually being passed was the type stored for the index column.
This made no difference for user-defined SP-GiST opclasses,
because we weren't allowing the STORAGE clause of CREATE OPCLASS
to be used, so the two types would be the same.  But it's silly
not to allow that, seeing that the built-in poly_ops opclass
has a different value for opckeytype than opcintype, and that if you
want to do lossy storage then the types must really be different.
(Thus, user-defined opclasses doing lossy storage had to lie about
what type is in the index.)  Hence, remove the restriction, and make
sure that we use the input column type not opckeytype where relevant.

For reasons of backwards compatibility with existing user-defined
opclasses, we can't quite insist that the specified leafType match
the STORAGE clause; instead just add an amvalidate() warning if
they don't match.

Also fix some bugs that would only manifest when trying to return
index entries when attType is different from attLeafType.  It's not
too surprising that these have not been reported, because the only
usual reason for such a difference is to store the leaf value
lossily, rendering index-only scans impossible.

Add a src/test/modules module to exercise cases where attType is
different from attLeafType and yet index-only scan is supported.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3728741.1617381471@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-04-04 14:28:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
55873a00e3 Improve psql's behavior when the editor is exited without saving.
When editing the previous query buffer, if the editor is exited
without modifying the temp file then clear the query buffer,
rather than re-loading (and probably re-executing) the previous
query buffer.  This reduces the probability of accidentally
re-executing something you didn't intend to.

Similarly, in "\e file", if the file isn't actually modified
then don't load it into the query buffer.  And in "\ef" and
"\ev", if no changes are made then clear the query buffer
instead of loading the function or view definition into it.

Cases where we fail to invoke the editor at all, or it returns
a nonzero status, are treated like the no-file-modification case.

Laurenz Albe, reviewed by Jacob Champion

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0ba3f2a658bac6546d9934ab6ba63a805d46a49b.camel@cybertec.at
2021-04-03 17:38:31 -04:00
Thomas Munro
c30f54ad73 Detect POLLHUP/POLLRDHUP while running queries.
Provide a new GUC check_client_connection_interval that can be used to
check whether the client connection has gone away, while running very
long queries.  It is disabled by default.

For now this uses a non-standard Linux extension (also adopted by at
least one other OS).  POLLRDHUP is not defined by POSIX, and other OSes
don't have a reliable way to know if a connection was closed without
actually trying to read or write.

In future we might consider trying to send a no-op/heartbeat message
instead, but that could require protocol changes.

Author: Sergey Cherkashin <s.cherkashin@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tatsuo Ishii <ishii@sraoss.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Knizhnik <k.knizhnik@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Maksim Milyutin <milyutinma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tsunakawa, Takayuki/綱川 貴之 <tsunakawa.takay@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (much earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77def86b27e41f0efcba411460e929ae%40postgrespro.ru
2021-04-03 09:02:41 +13:00
Joe Conway
174edbe9f9 Clarify documentation of RESET ROLE
Command-line options, or previous "ALTER (ROLE|DATABASE) ...
SET ROLE ..." commands, can change the value of the default role
for a session. In the presence of one of these, RESET ROLE will
change the current user identifier to the default role rather
than the session user identifier. Fix the documentation to
reflect this reality. Backpatch to all supported versions.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-By: Laurenz Albe, David G. Johnston, Joe Conway
Reported by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/925134DB-8212-4F60-8AB1-B1231D750CB4%40amazon.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6
2021-04-02 13:48:42 -04:00
Fujii Masao
b1be3074ac postgres_fdw: Add option to control whether to keep connections open.
This commit adds a new option keep_connections that controls
whether postgres_fdw keeps the connections to the foreign server open
so that the subsequent queries can re-use them. This option can only be
specified for a foreign server. The default is on. If set to off,
all connections to the foreign server will be discarded
at the end of transaction. Closed connections will be re-established
when they are necessary by future queries using a foreign table.

This option is useful, for example, when users want to prevent
the connections from eating up the foreign servers connections
capacity.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kondratov, Vignesh C, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVvrp5=AVp2PupEm+nAC8S4buqR3fJMmaCoc7ftT0aD2A@mail.gmail.com
2021-04-02 19:45:42 +09:00
Michael Paquier
6fb66c268d doc: Clarify how to generate backup files with non-exclusive backups
The current instructions describing how to write the backup_label and
tablespace_map files are confusing.  For example, opening a file in text
mode on Windows and copy-pasting the file's contents would result in a
failure at recovery because of the extra CRLF characters generated.  The
documentation was not stating that clearly, and per discussion this is
not considered as a supported scenario.

This commit extends a bit the documentation to mention that it may be
required to open the file in binary mode before writing its data.

Reported-by: Wang Shenhao
Author: David Steele
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Magnus Hagander
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8373f61426074f2cb6be92e02f838389@G08CNEXMBPEKD06.g08.fujitsu.local
Backpatch-through: 9.6
2021-04-02 16:37:00 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
2bda93f813 doc: mention that intervening major releases can be skipped
Also mention that you should read the intervening major releases notes.
This change was also applied to the website.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210330144949.GA8259@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: 9.6
2021-04-01 21:17:33 -04:00
David Rowley
9eacee2e62 Add Result Cache executor node (take 2)
Here we add a new executor node type named "Result Cache".  The planner
can include this node type in the plan to have the executor cache the
results from the inner side of parameterized nested loop joins.  This
allows caching of tuples for sets of parameters so that in the event that
the node sees the same parameter values again, it can just return the
cached tuples instead of rescanning the inner side of the join all over
again.  Internally, result cache uses a hash table in order to quickly
find tuples that have been previously cached.

For certain data sets, this can significantly improve the performance of
joins.  The best cases for using this new node type are for join problems
where a large portion of the tuples from the inner side of the join have
no join partner on the outer side of the join.  In such cases, hash join
would have to hash values that are never looked up, thus bloating the hash
table and possibly causing it to multi-batch.  Merge joins would have to
skip over all of the unmatched rows.  If we use a nested loop join with a
result cache, then we only cache tuples that have at least one join
partner on the outer side of the join.  The benefits of using a
parameterized nested loop with a result cache increase when there are
fewer distinct values being looked up and the number of lookups of each
value is large.  Also, hash probes to lookup the cache can be much faster
than the hash probe in a hash join as it's common that the result cache's
hash table is much smaller than the hash join's due to result cache only
caching useful tuples rather than all tuples from the inner side of the
join.  This variation in hash probe performance is more significant when
the hash join's hash table no longer fits into the CPU's L3 cache, but the
result cache's hash table does.  The apparent "random" access of hash
buckets with each hash probe can cause a poor L3 cache hit ratio for large
hash tables.  Smaller hash tables generally perform better.

The hash table used for the cache limits itself to not exceeding work_mem
* hash_mem_multiplier in size.  We maintain a dlist of keys for this cache
and when we're adding new tuples and realize we've exceeded the memory
budget, we evict cache entries starting with the least recently used ones
until we have enough memory to add the new tuples to the cache.

For parameterized nested loop joins, we now consider using one of these
result cache nodes in between the nested loop node and its inner node.  We
determine when this might be useful based on cost, which is primarily
driven off of what the expected cache hit ratio will be.  Estimating the
cache hit ratio relies on having good distinct estimates on the nested
loop's parameters.

For now, the planner will only consider using a result cache for
parameterized nested loop joins.  This works for both normal joins and
also for LATERAL type joins to subqueries.  It is possible to use this new
node for other uses in the future.  For example, to cache results from
correlated subqueries.  However, that's not done here due to some
difficulties obtaining a distinct estimation on the outer plan to
calculate the estimated cache hit ratio.  Currently we plan the inner plan
before planning the outer plan so there is no good way to know if a result
cache would be useful or not since we can't estimate the number of times
the subplan will be called until the outer plan is generated.

The functionality being added here is newly introducing a dependency on
the return value of estimate_num_groups() during the join search.
Previously, during the join search, we only ever needed to perform
selectivity estimations.  With this commit, we need to use
estimate_num_groups() in order to estimate what the hit ratio on the
result cache will be.   In simple terms, if we expect 10 distinct values
and we expect 1000 outer rows, then we'll estimate the hit ratio to be
99%.  Since cache hits are very cheap compared to scanning the underlying
nodes on the inner side of the nested loop join, then this will
significantly reduce the planner's cost for the join.   However, it's
fairly easy to see here that things will go bad when estimate_num_groups()
incorrectly returns a value that's significantly lower than the actual
number of distinct values.  If this happens then that may cause us to make
use of a nested loop join with a result cache instead of some other join
type, such as a merge or hash join.  Our distinct estimations have been
known to be a source of trouble in the past, so the extra reliance on them
here could cause the planner to choose slower plans than it did previous
to having this feature.  Distinct estimations are also fairly hard to
estimate accurately when several tables have been joined already or when a
WHERE clause filters out a set of values that are correlated to the
expressions we're estimating the number of distinct value for.

For now, the costing we perform during query planning for result caches
does put quite a bit of faith in the distinct estimations being accurate.
When these are accurate then we should generally see faster execution
times for plans containing a result cache.  However, in the real world, we
may find that we need to either change the costings to put less trust in
the distinct estimations being accurate or perhaps even disable this
feature by default.  There's always an element of risk when we teach the
query planner to do new tricks that it decides to use that new trick at
the wrong time and causes a regression.  Users may opt to get the old
behavior by turning the feature off using the enable_resultcache GUC.
Currently, this is enabled by default.  It remains to be seen if we'll
maintain that setting for the release.

Additionally, the name "Result Cache" is the best name I could think of
for this new node at the time I started writing the patch.  Nobody seems
to strongly dislike the name. A few people did suggest other names but no
other name seemed to dominate in the brief discussion that there was about
names. Let's allow the beta period to see if the current name pleases
enough people.  If there's some consensus on a better name, then we can
change it before the release.  Please see the 2nd discussion link below
for the discussion on the "Result Cache" name.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Justin Pryzby, Zhihong Yu, Hou Zhijie
Tested-By: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrPcQyQdWERGYWx8J%2B2DLUNgXu%2BfOSbQ1UscxrunyXyrQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=yQXr5kqhRviT2RhNKwToaWr9JAN5t+5_PzhuRJ3wvg@mail.gmail.com
2021-04-02 14:10:56 +13:00
Stephen Frost
c9c41c7a33 Rename Default Roles to Predefined Roles
The term 'default roles' wasn't quite apt as these roles aren't able to
be modified or removed after installation, so rename them to be
'Predefined Roles' instead, adding an entry into the newly added
Obsolete Appendix to help users of current releases find the new
documentation.

Bruce Momjian and Stephen Frost

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/157742545062.1149.11052653770497832538%40wrigleys.postgresql.org
and https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20201120211304.GG16415@tamriel.snowman.net
2021-04-01 15:32:06 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ea1b99a661 Add 'noError' argument to encoding conversion functions.
With the 'noError' argument, you can try to convert a buffer without
knowing the character boundaries beforehand. The functions now need to
return the number of input bytes successfully converted.

This is is a backwards-incompatible change, if you have created a custom
encoding conversion with CREATE CONVERSION. This adds a check to
pg_upgrade for that, refusing the upgrade if there are any user-defined
encoding conversions. Custom conversions are very rare, there are no
commonly used extensions that I know of that uses that feature. No other
objects can depend on conversions, so if you do have one, you can fairly
easily drop it before upgrading, and recreate it after the upgrade with
an updated version.

Add regression tests for built-in encoding conversions. This doesn't cover
every conversion, but it covers all the internal functions in conv.c that
are used to implement the conversions.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e7861509-3960-538a-9025-b75a61188e01%40iki.fi
2021-04-01 11:45:22 +03:00
Michael Paquier
ffd3391ea9 doc: Clarify use of ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock in various sections
Some sections of the documentation used "exclusive lock" to describe
that an ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock is taken during a given operation.  This
can be confusing to the reader as ACCESS SHARE is allowed with an
EXCLUSIVE lock is used, but that would not be the case with what is
described on those parts of the documentation.

Author: Greg Rychlewski
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKemG7VptD=7fNWckFMsMVZL_zzvgDO6v2yVmQ+ZiBfc_06kCQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6
2021-04-01 15:28:37 +09:00
Amit Kapila
4778826532 Ensure to send a prepare after we detect concurrent abort during decoding.
It is possible that while decoding a prepared transaction, it gets aborted
concurrently via a ROLLBACK PREPARED command. In that case, we were
skipping all the changes and directly sending Rollback Prepared when we
find the same in WAL. However, the downstream has no idea of the GID of
such a transaction. So, ensure to send prepare even when a concurrent
abort is detected.

Author: Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Markus Wanner, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f82133c6-6055-b400-7922-97dae9f2b50b@enterprisedb.com
2021-04-01 07:57:34 +05:30
David Rowley
28b3e3905c Revert b6002a796
This removes "Add Result Cache executor node".  It seems that something
weird is going on with the tracking of cache hits and misses as
highlighted by many buildfarm animals.  It's not yet clear what the
problem is as other parts of the plan indicate that the cache did work
correctly, it's just the hits and misses that were being reported as 0.

This is especially a bad time to have the buildfarm so broken, so
reverting before too many more animals go red.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq_hydhfovm4=izgWs+C5HqEeRScjMbOgbpC-jRAeK3Yw@mail.gmail.com
2021-04-01 13:33:23 +13:00
David Rowley
b6002a796d Add Result Cache executor node
Here we add a new executor node type named "Result Cache".  The planner
can include this node type in the plan to have the executor cache the
results from the inner side of parameterized nested loop joins.  This
allows caching of tuples for sets of parameters so that in the event that
the node sees the same parameter values again, it can just return the
cached tuples instead of rescanning the inner side of the join all over
again.  Internally, result cache uses a hash table in order to quickly
find tuples that have been previously cached.

For certain data sets, this can significantly improve the performance of
joins.  The best cases for using this new node type are for join problems
where a large portion of the tuples from the inner side of the join have
no join partner on the outer side of the join.  In such cases, hash join
would have to hash values that are never looked up, thus bloating the hash
table and possibly causing it to multi-batch.  Merge joins would have to
skip over all of the unmatched rows.  If we use a nested loop join with a
result cache, then we only cache tuples that have at least one join
partner on the outer side of the join.  The benefits of using a
parameterized nested loop with a result cache increase when there are
fewer distinct values being looked up and the number of lookups of each
value is large.  Also, hash probes to lookup the cache can be much faster
than the hash probe in a hash join as it's common that the result cache's
hash table is much smaller than the hash join's due to result cache only
caching useful tuples rather than all tuples from the inner side of the
join.  This variation in hash probe performance is more significant when
the hash join's hash table no longer fits into the CPU's L3 cache, but the
result cache's hash table does.  The apparent "random" access of hash
buckets with each hash probe can cause a poor L3 cache hit ratio for large
hash tables.  Smaller hash tables generally perform better.

The hash table used for the cache limits itself to not exceeding work_mem
* hash_mem_multiplier in size.  We maintain a dlist of keys for this cache
and when we're adding new tuples and realize we've exceeded the memory
budget, we evict cache entries starting with the least recently used ones
until we have enough memory to add the new tuples to the cache.

For parameterized nested loop joins, we now consider using one of these
result cache nodes in between the nested loop node and its inner node.  We
determine when this might be useful based on cost, which is primarily
driven off of what the expected cache hit ratio will be.  Estimating the
cache hit ratio relies on having good distinct estimates on the nested
loop's parameters.

For now, the planner will only consider using a result cache for
parameterized nested loop joins.  This works for both normal joins and
also for LATERAL type joins to subqueries.  It is possible to use this new
node for other uses in the future.  For example, to cache results from
correlated subqueries.  However, that's not done here due to some
difficulties obtaining a distinct estimation on the outer plan to
calculate the estimated cache hit ratio.  Currently we plan the inner plan
before planning the outer plan so there is no good way to know if a result
cache would be useful or not since we can't estimate the number of times
the subplan will be called until the outer plan is generated.

The functionality being added here is newly introducing a dependency on
the return value of estimate_num_groups() during the join search.
Previously, during the join search, we only ever needed to perform
selectivity estimations.  With this commit, we need to use
estimate_num_groups() in order to estimate what the hit ratio on the
result cache will be.   In simple terms, if we expect 10 distinct values
and we expect 1000 outer rows, then we'll estimate the hit ratio to be
99%.  Since cache hits are very cheap compared to scanning the underlying
nodes on the inner side of the nested loop join, then this will
significantly reduce the planner's cost for the join.   However, it's
fairly easy to see here that things will go bad when estimate_num_groups()
incorrectly returns a value that's significantly lower than the actual
number of distinct values.  If this happens then that may cause us to make
use of a nested loop join with a result cache instead of some other join
type, such as a merge or hash join.  Our distinct estimations have been
known to be a source of trouble in the past, so the extra reliance on them
here could cause the planner to choose slower plans than it did previous
to having this feature.  Distinct estimations are also fairly hard to
estimate accurately when several tables have been joined already or when a
WHERE clause filters out a set of values that are correlated to the
expressions we're estimating the number of distinct value for.

For now, the costing we perform during query planning for result caches
does put quite a bit of faith in the distinct estimations being accurate.
When these are accurate then we should generally see faster execution
times for plans containing a result cache.  However, in the real world, we
may find that we need to either change the costings to put less trust in
the distinct estimations being accurate or perhaps even disable this
feature by default.  There's always an element of risk when we teach the
query planner to do new tricks that it decides to use that new trick at
the wrong time and causes a regression.  Users may opt to get the old
behavior by turning the feature off using the enable_resultcache GUC.
Currently, this is enabled by default.  It remains to be seen if we'll
maintain that setting for the release.

Additionally, the name "Result Cache" is the best name I could think of
for this new node at the time I started writing the patch.  Nobody seems
to strongly dislike the name. A few people did suggest other names but no
other name seemed to dominate in the brief discussion that there was about
names. Let's allow the beta period to see if the current name pleases
enough people.  If there's some consensus on a better name, then we can
change it before the release.  Please see the 2nd discussion link below
for the discussion on the "Result Cache" name.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Justin Pryzby, Zhihong Yu
Tested-By: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrPcQyQdWERGYWx8J%2B2DLUNgXu%2BfOSbQ1UscxrunyXyrQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=yQXr5kqhRviT2RhNKwToaWr9JAN5t+5_PzhuRJ3wvg@mail.gmail.com
2021-04-01 12:32:22 +13:00
Stephen Frost
3b0c647bbf Add a docs section for obsoleted and renamed functions and settings
The new appendix groups information on renamed or removed settings,
commands, etc into an out-of-the-way part of the docs.

The original id elements are retained in each subsection to ensure that
the same filenames are produced for HTML docs. This prevents /current/
links on the web from breaking, and allows users of the web docs
to follow links from old version pages to info on the changes in the
new version. Prior to this change, a link to /current/ for renamed
sections like the recovery.conf docs would just 404. Similarly if
someone searched for recovery.conf they would find the pg11 docs,
but there would be no /12/ or /current/ link, so they couldn't easily
find out that it was removed in pg12 or how to adapt.

Index entries are also added so that there's a breadcrumb trail for
users to follow when they know the old name, but not what we changed it
to. So a user who is trying to find out how to set standby_mode in
PostgreSQL 12+, or where pg_resetxlog went, now has more chance of
finding that information.

Craig Ringer and Stephen Frost
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGRY4nzPNOyYQ_1-pWYToUVqQ0ThqP5jdURnJMZPm539fdizOg%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 10
2021-03-31 16:23:25 -04:00
Tom Lane
86dc90056d Rework planning and execution of UPDATE and DELETE.
This patch makes two closely related sets of changes:

1. For UPDATE, the subplan of the ModifyTable node now only delivers
the new values of the changed columns (i.e., the expressions computed
in the query's SET clause) plus row identity information such as CTID.
ModifyTable must re-fetch the original tuple to merge in the old
values of any unchanged columns.  The core advantage of this is that
the changed columns are uniform across all tables of an inherited or
partitioned target relation, whereas the other columns might not be.
A secondary advantage, when the UPDATE involves joins, is that less
data needs to pass through the plan tree.  The disadvantage of course
is an extra fetch of each tuple to be updated.  However, that seems to
be very nearly free in context; even worst-case tests don't show it to
add more than a couple percent to the total query cost.  At some point
it might be interesting to combine the re-fetch with the tuple access
that ModifyTable must do anyway to mark the old tuple dead; but that
would require a good deal of refactoring and it seems it wouldn't buy
all that much, so this patch doesn't attempt it.

2. For inherited UPDATE/DELETE, instead of generating a separate
subplan for each target relation, we now generate a single subplan
that is just exactly like a SELECT's plan, then stick ModifyTable
on top of that.  To let ModifyTable know which target relation a
given incoming row refers to, a tableoid junk column is added to
the row identity information.  This gets rid of the horrid hack
that was inheritance_planner(), eliminating O(N^2) planning cost
and memory consumption in cases where there were many unprunable
target relations.

Point 2 of course requires point 1, so that there is a uniform
definition of the non-junk columns to be returned by the subplan.
We can't insist on uniform definition of the row identity junk
columns however, if we want to keep the ability to have both
plain and foreign tables in a partitioning hierarchy.  Since
it wouldn't scale very far to have every child table have its
own row identity column, this patch includes provisions to merge
similar row identity columns into one column of the subplan result.
In particular, we can merge the whole-row Vars typically used as
row identity by FDWs into one column by pretending they are type
RECORD.  (It's still okay for the actual composite Datums to be
labeled with the table's rowtype OID, though.)

There is more that can be done to file down residual inefficiencies
in this patch, but it seems to be committable now.

FDW authors should note several API changes:

* The argument list for AddForeignUpdateTargets() has changed, and so
has the method it must use for adding junk columns to the query.  Call
add_row_identity_var() instead of manipulating the parse tree directly.
You might want to reconsider exactly what you're adding, too.

* PlanDirectModify() must now work a little harder to find the
ForeignScan plan node; if the foreign table is part of a partitioning
hierarchy then the ForeignScan might not be the direct child of
ModifyTable.  See postgres_fdw for sample code.

* To check whether a relation is a target relation, it's no
longer sufficient to compare its relid to root->parse->resultRelation.
Instead, check it against all_result_relids or leaf_result_relids,
as appropriate.

Amit Langote and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqHpHdqdDn48yCEhynnniahH78rwcrv1rEX65-fsZGBOLQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-31 11:52:37 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
055fee7eb4 Allow an alias to be attached to a JOIN ... USING
This allows something like

    SELECT ... FROM t1 JOIN t2 USING (a, b, c) AS x

where x has the columns a, b, c and unlike a regular alias it does not
hide the range variables of the tables being joined t1 and t2.

Per SQL:2016 feature F404 "Range variable for common column names".

Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik.fearing@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/454638cf-d563-ab76-a585-2564428062af@2ndquadrant.com
2021-03-31 17:10:50 +02:00
Etsuro Fujita
27e1f14563 Add support for asynchronous execution.
This implements asynchronous execution, which runs multiple parts of a
non-parallel-aware Append concurrently rather than serially to improve
performance when possible.  Currently, the only node type that can be
run concurrently is a ForeignScan that is an immediate child of such an
Append.  In the case where such ForeignScans access data on different
remote servers, this would run those ForeignScans concurrently, and
overlap the remote operations to be performed simultaneously, so it'll
improve the performance especially when the operations involve
time-consuming ones such as remote join and remote aggregation.

We may extend this to other node types such as joins or aggregates over
ForeignScans in the future.

This also adds the support for postgres_fdw, which is enabled by the
table-level/server-level option "async_capable".  The default is false.

Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thomas Munro, and myself.  This commit
is mostly based on the patch proposed by Robert Haas, but also uses
stuff from the patch proposed by Kyotaro Horiguchi and from the patch
proposed by Thomas Munro.  Reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Konstantin
Knizhnik, Andrey Lepikhov, Movead Li, Thomas Munro, Justin Pryzby, and
others.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmoaXQEt4tZ03FtQhnzeDEMzBck%2BLrni0UWHVVgOTnA6C1w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLBRyu0rHrDCMC4%3DRn3252gogyp1SjOgG8SEKKZv%3DFwfQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228.170650.667613673625155850.horikyota.ntt%40gmail.com
2021-03-31 18:45:00 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
91c5a8caaa Add errhint_plural() function and make use of it
Similar to existing errmsg_plural() and errdetail_plural().  Some
errhint() calls hadn't received the proper plural treatment yet.
2021-03-31 09:16:25 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
287d2a97c1 doc: Remove Cyrillic from unistr example
Not supported by PDF build right now, so let's do without it.
2021-03-31 08:20:35 +02:00
Amit Kapila
9f45631766 Doc: Use consistent terminology for tablesync slots.
At some places in the docs, we refer to them as tablesync slots and at other
places as table synchronization slots. For consistency, we refer to them as
table synchronization slots at all places.

Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PvzYNKCeZ=kKBDkh3dw-r=2D3fk=nNc9SXSW=CZGk69xg@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-31 08:17:50 +05:30
Michael Paquier
6568cef26e Add support for --extension in pg_dump
When specified, only extensions matching the given pattern are included
in dumps.  Similarly to --table and --schema, when --strict-names is
used,  a perfect match is required.  Also, like the two other options,
this new option offers no guarantee that dependent objects have been
dumped, so a restore may fail on a clean database.

Tests are added in test_pg_dump/, checking after a set of positive and
negative cases, with or without an extension's contents added to the
dump generated.

Author: Guillaume Lelarge
Reviewed-by: David Fetter, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier, Asif Rehman,
Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAECtzeXOt4cnMU5+XMZzxBPJ_wu76pNy6HZKPRBL-j7yj1E4+g@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-31 09:12:34 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
198b3716db
Improve PQtrace() output format
Transform the PQtrace output format from its ancient (and mostly
useless) byte-level output format to a logical-message-level output,
making it much more usable.  This implementation allows the printing
code to be written (as it indeed was) by looking at the protocol
documentation, which gives more confidence that the three (docs, trace
code and actual code) actually match.

Author: 岩田 彩 (Aya Iwata) <iwata.aya@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: 綱川 貴之 (Takayuki Tsunakawa) <tsunakawa.takay@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison <k.jamison@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: 黒田 隼人 (Hayato Kuroda) <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: "Nagaura, Ryohei" <nagaura.ryohei@jp.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryo Matsumura <matsumura.ryo@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow <gregn4422@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jim Doty <jdoty@pivotal.io>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/71E660EB361DF14299875B198D4CE5423DE3FBA4@g01jpexmbkw25
2021-03-30 20:12:34 -03:00
Amit Kapila
f64ea6dc5c Add a xid argument to the filter_prepare callback for output plugins.
Along with gid, this provides a different way to identify the transaction.
The users that use xid in some way to prepare the transactions can use it
to filter prepare transactions. The later commands COMMIT PREPARED or
ROLLBACK PREPARED carries both identifiers, providing an output plugin the
choice of what to use.

Author: Markus Wanner
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ee280000-7355-c4dc-e47b-2436e7be959c@enterprisedb.com
2021-03-30 10:34:43 +05:30
Andrew Dunstan
6d7a6feac4 Allow matching the DN of a client certificate for authentication
Currently we only recognize the Common Name (CN) of a certificate's
subject to be matched against the user name. Thus certificates with
subjects '/OU=eng/CN=fred' and '/OU=sales/CN=fred' will have the same
connection rights. This patch provides an option to match the whole
Distinguished Name (DN) instead of just the CN. On any hba line using
client certificate identity, there is an option 'clientname' which can
have values of 'DN' or 'CN'. The default is 'CN', the current procedure.

The DN is matched against the RFC2253 formatted DN, which looks like
'CN=fred,OU=eng'.

This facility of probably best used in conjunction with an ident map.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/92e70110-9273-d93c-5913-0bccb6562740@dunslane.net

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustafsson, Jacob Champion
2021-03-29 15:49:39 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
f37fec837c Add unistr function
This allows decoding a string with Unicode escape sequences.  It is
similar to Unicode escape strings, but offers some more flexibility.

Author: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Asif Rehman <asifr.rehman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAFj8pRA5GnKT+gDVwbVRH2ep451H_myBt+NTz8RkYUARE9+qOQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-29 11:56:53 +02:00
Stephen Frost
b64654d6c4 doc: Define TLS as an acronym
Commit c676315658 added an acronym reference for "TLS" but the definition
was never added.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27109504-82DB-41A8-8E63-C0498314F5B0@yesql.se
2021-03-28 11:27:59 -04:00
Tomas Vondra
a4d75c86bf Extended statistics on expressions
Allow defining extended statistics on expressions, not just just on
simple column references.  With this commit, expressions are supported
by all existing extended statistics kinds, improving the same types of
estimates. A simple example may look like this:

  CREATE TABLE t (a int);
  CREATE STATISTICS s ON mod(a,10), mod(a,20) FROM t;
  ANALYZE t;

The collected statistics are useful e.g. to estimate queries with those
expressions in WHERE or GROUP BY clauses:

  SELECT * FROM t WHERE mod(a,10) = 0 AND mod(a,20) = 0;

  SELECT 1 FROM t GROUP BY mod(a,10), mod(a,20);

This introduces new internal statistics kind 'e' (expressions) which is
built automatically when the statistics object definition includes any
expressions. This represents single-expression statistics, as if there
was an expression index (but without the index maintenance overhead).
The statistics is stored in pg_statistics_ext_data as an array of
composite types, which is possible thanks to 79f6a942bd.

CREATE STATISTICS allows building statistics on a single expression, in
which case in which case it's not possible to specify statistics kinds.

A new system view pg_stats_ext_exprs can be used to display expression
statistics, similarly to pg_stats and pg_stats_ext views.

ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... TYPE now treats indexes the same way it
treats indexes, i.e. it drops and recreates the statistics. This means
all statistics are reset, and we no longer try to preserve at least the
functional dependencies. This should not be a major issue in practice,
as the functional dependencies actually rely on per-column statistics,
which were always reset anyway.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Dean Rasheed, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad7891d2-e90c-b446-9fe2-7419143847d7%40enterprisedb.com
2021-03-27 00:01:11 +01:00
Noah Misch
a14a0118a1 Add "pg_database_owner" default role.
Membership consists, implicitly, of the current database owner.  Expect
use in template databases.  Once pg_database_owner has rights within a
template, each owner of a database instantiated from that template will
exercise those rights.

Reviewed by John Naylor.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201228043148.GA1053024@rfd.leadboat.com
2021-03-26 10:42:17 -07:00
Tomas Vondra
ab596105b5 BRIN minmax-multi indexes
Adds BRIN opclasses similar to the existing minmax, except that instead
of summarizing the page range into a single [min,max] range, the summary
consists of multiple ranges and/or points, allowing gaps. This allows
more efficient handling of data with poor correlation to physical
location within the table and/or outlier values, for which the regular
minmax opclassed tend to work poorly.

It's possible to specify the number of values kept for each page range,
either as a single point or an interval boundary.

  CREATE TABLE t (a int);
  CREATE INDEX ON t
   USING brin (a int4_minmax_multi_ops(values_per_range=16));

When building the summary, the values are combined into intervals with
the goal to minimize the "covering" (sum of interval lengths), using a
support procedure computing distance between two values.

Bump catversion, due to various catalog changes.

Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sokolov Yura <y.sokolov@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5d78b774-7e9c-c94e-12cf-fef51cc89b1a%402ndquadrant.com
2021-03-26 13:54:30 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
77b88cd1bb BRIN bloom indexes
Adds a BRIN opclass using a Bloom filter to summarize the range. Indexes
using the new opclasses allow only equality queries (similar to hash
indexes), but that works fine for data like UUID, MAC addresses etc. for
which range queries are not very common. This also means the indexes
work for data that is not well correlated to physical location within
the table, or perhaps even entirely random (which is a common issue with
existing BRIN minmax opclasses).

It's possible to specify opclass parameters with the usual Bloom filter
parameters, i.e. the desired false-positive rate and the expected number
of distinct values per page range.

  CREATE TABLE t (a int);
  CREATE INDEX ON t
   USING brin (a int4_bloom_ops(false_positive_rate = 0.05,
                                n_distinct_per_range = 100));

The opclasses do not operate on the indexed values directly, but compute
a 32-bit hash first, and the Bloom filter is built on the hash value.
Collisions should not be a huge issue though, as the number of distinct
values in a page ranges is usually fairly small.

Bump catversion, due to various catalog changes.

Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sokolov Yura <y.sokolov@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Nico Williams <nico@cryptonector.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5d78b774-7e9c-c94e-12cf-fef51cc89b1a%402ndquadrant.com
2021-03-26 13:35:32 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
a681e3c107 Support the old signature of BRIN consistent function
Commit a1c649d889 changed the signature of the BRIN consistent function
by adding a new required parameter.  Treating the parameter as optional,
which would make the change backwards incompatibile, was rejected with
the justification that there are few out-of-core extensions, so it's not
worth adding making the code more complex, and it's better to deal with
that in the extension.

But after further thought, that would be rather problematic, because
pg_upgrade simply dumps catalog contents and the same version of an
extension needs to work on both PostgreSQL versions. Supporting both
variants of the consistent function (with 3 or 4 arguments) makes that
possible.

The signature is not the only thing that changed, as commit 72ccf55cb9
moved handling of IS [NOT] NULL keys from the support procedures. But
this change is backward compatible - handling the keys in exension is
unnecessary, but harmless. The consistent function will do a bit of
unnecessary work, but it should be very cheap.

This also undoes most of the changes to the existing opclasses (minmax
and inclusion), making them use the old signature again. This should
make backpatching simpler.

Catversion bump, because of changes in pg_amproc.

Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
2021-03-26 13:17:58 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
71f4c8c6f7
ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... CONCURRENTLY
Allow a partition be detached from its partitioned table without
blocking concurrent queries, by running in two transactions and only
requiring ShareUpdateExclusive in the partitioned table.

Because it runs in two transactions, it cannot be used in a transaction
block.  This is the main reason to use dedicated syntax: so that users
can choose to use the original mode if they need it.  But also, it
doesn't work when a default partition exists (because an exclusive lock
would still need to be obtained on it, in order to change its partition
constraint.)

In case the second transaction is cancelled or a crash occurs, there's
ALTER TABLE .. DETACH PARTITION .. FINALIZE, which executes the final
steps.

The main trick to make this work is the addition of column
pg_inherits.inhdetachpending, initially false; can only be set true in
the first part of this command.  Once that is committed, concurrent
transactions that use a PartitionDirectory will include or ignore
partitions so marked: in optimizer they are ignored if the row is marked
committed for the snapshot; in executor they are always included.  As a
result, and because of the way PartitionDirectory caches partition
descriptors, queries that were planned before the detach will see the
rows in the detached partition and queries that are planned after the
detach, won't.

A CHECK constraint is created that duplicates the partition constraint.
This is probably not strictly necessary, and some users will prefer to
remove it afterwards, but if the partition is re-attached to a
partitioned table, the constraint needn't be rechecked.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200803234854.GA24158@alvherre.pgsql
2021-03-25 18:00:28 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
650d623530
Document lock obtained during partition detach
On partition detach, we acquire a SHARE lock on all tables that
reference the partitioned table that we're detaching a partition from,
but failed to document this fact.  My oversight in commit f56f8f8da6.
Repair.  Backpatch to 12.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210325180244.GA12738@alvherre.pgsql
2021-03-25 16:30:22 -03:00
Michael Meskes
ad8305a43d Add DECLARE STATEMENT command to ECPG
This command declares a SQL identifier for a SQL statement to be used in other
embedded SQL statements. The identifier is linked to a connection.

Author: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Shawn Wang <shawn.wang.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/TY2PR01MB24438A52DB04E71D0E501452F5630@TY2PR01MB2443.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2021-03-24 21:09:24 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
5173e42892 doc: Fix typo
Reported-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
2021-03-24 20:42:51 +01:00
Stephen Frost
bbcc4eb2e0 Change checkpoint_completion_target default to 0.9
Common recommendations are that the checkpoint should be spread out as
much as possible, provided we avoid having it take too long.  This
change updates the default to 0.9 (from 0.5) to match that
recommendation.

There was some debate about possibly removing the option entirely but it
seems there may be some corner-cases where having it set much lower to
try to force the checkpoint to be as fast as possible could result in
fewer periods of time of reduced performance due to kernel flushing.
General agreement is that the "spread more" is the preferred approach
though and those who need to tune away from that value are much less
common.

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Tom Lane, David Steele,
Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201207175329.GM16415%40tamriel.snowman.net
2021-03-24 13:07:51 -04:00
Robert Haas
e5595de03e Tidy up more loose ends related to configurable TOAST compression.
Change the default_toast_compression GUC to be an enum rather than
a string. Earlier, uncommitted versions of the patch supported using
CREATE ACCESS METHOD to add new compression methods to a running
system, but that idea was dropped before commit. So, we can simplify
the GUC handling as well, which has the nice side effect of improving
the error messages.

While updating the documentation to reflect the new GUC type, also
move it back to the right place in the list. I moved this while
revising what became commit 24f0e395ac,
but apparently the intended ordering is "alphabetical" rather than
"whatever Robert thinks looks nice."

Rejigger things to avoid having access/toast_compression.h depend on
utils/guc.h, so that we don't end up with every file that includes
it also depending on something largely unrelated. Move a few
inline functions back into the C source file partly to help reduce
dependencies and partly just to avoid clutter. A few very minor
cosmetic fixes.

Original patch by Justin Pryzby, but very heavily edited by me,
and reverse reviewed by him and also reviewed by by Tom Lane.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYp=GT_ztUCeZg2i4hkHAQv8o=-nVJ1-TKWTG1zQOmOpg@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-24 12:36:08 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
49ab61f0bd Add date_bin function
Similar to date_trunc, but allows binning by an arbitrary interval
rather than just full units.

Author: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Fetter <david@fetter.org>
Reviewed-by: Isaac Morland <isaac.morland@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Artur Zakirov <zaartur@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CACPNZCt4buQFRgy6DyjuZS-2aPDpccRkrJBmgUfwYc1KiaXYxg@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-24 16:18:24 +01:00
Amit Kapila
26acb54a13 Revert "Enable parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ..."."
To allow inserts in parallel-mode this feature has to ensure that all the
constraints, triggers, etc. are parallel-safe for the partition hierarchy
which is costly and we need to find a better way to do that. Additionally,
we could have used existing cached information in some cases like indexes,
domains, etc. to determine the parallel-safety.

List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:

ed62d3737c Doc: Update description for parallel insert reloption.
c8f78b6161 Add a new GUC and a reloption to enable inserts in parallel-mode.
c5be48f092 Improve FK trigger parallel-safety check added by 05c8482f7f.
e2cda3c20a Fix use of relcache TriggerDesc field introduced by commit 05c8482f7f.
e4e87a32cc Fix valgrind issue in commit 05c8482f7f.
05c8482f7f Enable parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...".

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1lMiB9-0001c3-SY@gemulon.postgresql.org
2021-03-24 11:29:15 +05:30
Fujii Masao
84007043fc Rename wait event WalrcvExit to WalReceiverExit.
Commit de829ddf23 added wait event WalrcvExit. But its name is not
consistent with other wait events like WalReceiverMain or
WalReceiverWaitStart, etc. So this commit renames WalrcvExit to
WalReceiverExit.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cced9995-8fa2-7b22-9d91-3f22a2b8c23c@oss.nttdata.com
2021-03-24 10:37:54 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
a6715af1e7 Add bit_count SQL function
This function for bit and bytea counts the set bits in the bit or byte
string.  Internally, we use the existing popcount functionality.

For the name, after some discussion, we settled on bit_count, which
also exists with this meaning in MySQL, Java, and Python.

Author: David Fetter <david@fetter.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20201230105535.GJ13234@fetter.org
2021-03-23 10:13:58 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
a5f002ad9a Use correct spelling of statistics kind
A couple error messages and comments used 'statistic kind', not the
correct 'statistics kind'. Fix and backpatch all the way back to 10,
where extended statistics were introduced.

Backpatch-through: 10
2021-03-23 05:01:35 +01:00
Fujii Masao
1e3e8b51bd Change the type of WalReceiverWaitStart wait event from Client to IPC.
Previously the type of this wait event was Client. But while this
wait event is being reported, walreceiver process is waiting for
the startup process to set initial data for streaming replication.
It's not waiting for any activity on a socket connected to a user
application or walsender. So this commit changes the type for
WalReceiverWaitStart wait event to IPC.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cdacc27c-37ff-f1a4-20e2-ce19933abfcc@oss.nttdata.com
2021-03-23 10:09:42 +09:00
Tomas Vondra
a1c649d889 Pass all scan keys to BRIN consistent function at once
This commit changes how we pass scan keys to BRIN consistent function.
Instead of passing them one by one, we now pass all scan keys for a
given attribute at once. That makes the consistent function a bit more
complex, as it has to loop through the keys, but it does allow more
elaborate opclasses that can use multiple keys to eliminate ranges much
more effectively.

The existing BRIN opclasses (minmax, inclusion) don't really benefit
from this change. The primary purpose is to allow future opclases to
benefit from seeing all keys at once.

This does change the BRIN API, because the signature of the consistent
function changes (a new parameter with number of scan keys). So this
breaks existing opclasses, and will require supporting two variants of
the code for different PostgreSQL versions. We've considered supporting
two variants of the consistent, but we've decided not to do that.
Firstly, there's another patch that moves handling of NULL values from
the opclass, which means the opclasses need to be updated anyway.
Secondly, we're not aware of any out-of-core BRIN opclasses, so it does
not seem worth the extra complexity.

Bump catversion, because of pg_proc changes.

Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
2021-03-23 00:45:03 +01:00
Robert Haas
24f0e395ac docs: Fix omissions related to configurable TOAST compression.
Previously, the default_toast_compression GUC was not documented,
and neither was pg_dump's new --no-toast-compression option.

Justin Pryzby and Robert Haas

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20210321235544.GD4203@telsasoft.com
2021-03-22 10:34:10 -04:00
Thomas Munro
61752afb26 Provide recovery_init_sync_method=syncfs.
Since commit 2ce439f3 we have opened every file in the data directory
and called fsync() at the start of crash recovery.  This can be very
slow if there are many files, leading to field complaints of systems
taking minutes or even hours to begin crash recovery.

Provide an alternative method, for Linux only, where we call syncfs() on
every possibly different filesystem under the data directory.  This is
equivalent, but avoids faulting in potentially many inodes from
potentially slow storage.

The new mode comes with some caveats, described in the documentation, so
the default value for the new setting is "fsync", preserving the older
behavior.

Reported-by: Michael Brown <michael.brown@discourse.org>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Guo <guopa@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian <bruce@momjian.us>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11bc2bb7-ecb5-3ad0-b39f-df632734cd81%40discourse.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEET0ZHGnbXmi8yF3ywsDZvb3m9CbdsGZgfTXscQ6agcbzcZAw%40mail.gmail.com
2021-03-20 12:07:28 +13:00
Robert Haas
bbe0a81db6 Allow configurable LZ4 TOAST compression.
There is now a per-column COMPRESSION option which can be set to pglz
(the default, and the only option in up until now) or lz4. Or, if you
like, you can set the new default_toast_compression GUC to lz4, and
then that will be the default for new table columns for which no value
is specified. We don't have lz4 support in the PostgreSQL code, so
to use lz4 compression, PostgreSQL must be built --with-lz4.

In general, TOAST compression means compression of individual column
values, not the whole tuple, and those values can either be compressed
inline within the tuple or compressed and then stored externally in
the TOAST table, so those properties also apply to this feature.

Prior to this commit, a TOAST pointer has two unused bits as part of
the va_extsize field, and a compessed datum has two unused bits as
part of the va_rawsize field. These bits are unused because the length
of a varlena is limited to 1GB; we now use them to indicate the
compression type that was used. This means we only have bit space for
2 more built-in compresison types, but we could work around that
problem, if necessary, by introducing a new vartag_external value for
any further types we end up wanting to add. Hopefully, it won't be
too important to offer a wide selection of algorithms here, since
each one we add not only takes more coding but also adds a build
dependency for every packager. Nevertheless, it seems worth doing
at least this much, because LZ4 gets better compression than PGLZ
with less CPU usage.

It's possible for LZ4-compressed datums to leak into composite type
values stored on disk, just as it is for PGLZ. It's also possible for
LZ4-compressed attributes to be copied into a different table via SQL
commands such as CREATE TABLE AS or INSERT .. SELECT.  It would be
expensive to force such values to be decompressed, so PostgreSQL has
never done so. For the same reasons, we also don't force recompression
of already-compressed values even if the target table prefers a
different compression method than was used for the source data.  These
architectural decisions are perhaps arguable but revisiting them is
well beyond the scope of what seemed possible to do as part of this
project.  However, it's relatively cheap to recompress as part of
VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER, so this commit adjusts those commands to do
so, if the configured compression method of the table happens not to
match what was used for some column value stored therein.

Dilip Kumar. The original patches on which this work was based were
written by Ildus Kurbangaliev, and those were patches were based on
even earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, but the design has since changed
very substantially, since allow a potentially large number of
compression methods that could be added and dropped on a running
system proved too problematic given some of the architectural issues
mentioned above; the choice of which specific compression method to
add first is now different; and a lot of the code has been heavily
refactored.  More recently, Justin Przyby helped quite a bit with
testing and reviewing and this version also includes some code
contributions from him. Other design input and review from Tomas
Vondra, Álvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander
Korotkov, and me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170907194236.4cefce96%40wp.localdomain
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uUpX3ck%3DK0mLEk-G_kUQY%3DSNOTeqdaNRR9FMdQrHKebw%40mail.gmail.com
2021-03-19 15:10:38 -04:00
Tomas Vondra
be45be9c33 Implement GROUP BY DISTINCT
With grouping sets, it's possible that some of the grouping sets are
duplicate.  This is especially common with CUBE and ROLLUP clauses. For
example GROUP BY CUBE (a,b), CUBE (b,c) is equivalent to

  GROUP BY GROUPING SETS (
    (a, b, c),
    (a, b, c),
    (a, b, c),
    (a, b),
    (a, b),
    (a, b),
    (a),
    (a),
    (a),
    (c, a),
    (c, a),
    (c, a),
    (c),
    (b, c),
    (b),
    ()
  )

Some of the grouping sets are calculated multiple times, which is mostly
unnecessary.  This commit implements a new GROUP BY DISTINCT feature, as
defined in the SQL standard, which eliminates the duplicate sets.

Author: Vik Fearing
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers, Georgios Kokolatos, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bf3805a8-d7d1-ae61-fece-761b7ff41ecc@postgresfriends.org
2021-03-18 18:22:18 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
cd91de0d17 Remove temporary files after backend crash
After a crash of a backend using temporary files, the files used to be
left behind, on the basis that it might be useful for debugging. But we
don't have any reports of anyone actually doing that, and it means the
disk usage may grow over time due to repeated backend failures (possibly
even hitting ENOSPC). So this behavior is a bit unfortunate, and fixing
it required either manual cleanup (deleting files, which is error-prone)
or restart of the instance (i.e. service disruption).

This implements automatic cleanup of temporary files, controled by a new
GUC remove_temp_files_after_crash. By default the files are removed, but
it can be disabled to restore the old behavior if needed.

Author: Euler Taveira
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Michael Paquier, Anastasia Lubennikova, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH503wDKdYzyq7U-QJqGn%3DGm6XmoK%2B6_6xTJ-Yn5WSvoHLY1Ww%40mail.gmail.com
2021-03-18 17:38:28 +01:00
Amit Kapila
ed62d3737c Doc: Update description for parallel insert reloption.
Commit c8f78b6161 added a new reloption to enable inserts in parallel-mode
but forgot to update at one of the places about the same in docs. In
passing, fix a typo in the same commit.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: "Hou, Zhijie", Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210318025228.GE11765@telsasoft.com
2021-03-18 15:34:55 +05:30
Amit Kapila
c8f78b6161 Add a new GUC and a reloption to enable inserts in parallel-mode.
Commit 05c8482f7f added the implementation of parallel SELECT for
"INSERT INTO ... SELECT ..." which may incur non-negligible overhead in
the additional parallel-safety checks that it performs, even when, in the
end, those checks determine that parallelism can't be used. This is
normally only ever a problem in the case of when the target table has a
large number of partitions.

A new GUC option "enable_parallel_insert" is added, to allow insert in
parallel-mode. The default is on.

In addition to the GUC option, the user may want a mechanism to allow
inserts in parallel-mode with finer granularity at table level. The new
table option "parallel_insert_enabled" allows this. The default is true.

Author: "Hou, Zhijie"
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Amit Langote, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1K-cW7svLC2D7DHoGHxdAdg3P37BLgebqBOC2ZLc9a6QQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV=qpFJrR3AcrTS3g@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-18 07:25:27 +05:30
Tom Lane
70945649d7 Doc: remove duplicated step in RLS example.
Seems to have been a copy-and-paste mistake in 093129c9d.
Per report from max1@inbox.ru.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161591740692.24273.4202054598867879464@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2021-03-17 16:39:58 -04:00
Tom Lane
a50e4fd028 Prevent buffer overrun in read_tablespace_map().
Robert Foggia of Trustwave reported that read_tablespace_map()
fails to prevent an overrun of its on-stack input buffer.
Since the tablespace map file is presumed trustworthy, this does
not seem like an interesting security vulnerability, but still
we should fix it just in the name of robustness.

While here, document that pg_basebackup's --tablespace-mapping option
doesn't work with tar-format output, because it doesn't.  To make it
work, we'd have to modify the tablespace_map file within the tarball
sent by the server, which might be possible but I'm not volunteering.
(Less-painful solutions would require changing the basebackup protocol
so that the source server could adjust the map.  That's not very
appetizing either.)
2021-03-17 16:10:37 -04:00
Tom Lane
c783e656d4 Doc: improve discussion of variable substitution in PL/pgSQL.
This was a bit disjointed, partly because of a not-well-considered
decision to document SQL commands that don't return result rows as
though they had nothing in common with commands that do.  Rearrange
so that we have one discussion of variable substitution that clearly
applies to all types of SQL commands, and then handle the question
of processing command output separately.  Clarify that EXPLAIN,
CREATE TABLE AS SELECT, and similar commands that incorporate an
optimizable statement will act like optimizable statements for the
purposes of variable substitution.  Do a bunch of minor wordsmithing
in the same area.

David Johnston and Tom Lane, reviewed by Pavel Stehule and David
Steele

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwYvMKucM5fnZvHSo-ah4S=_n9gmKeu6EAo=_fTrohunqQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-17 13:09:13 -04:00
Amit Kapila
7efeb214ad Doc: Add a description of substream in pg_subscription.
Commit 464824323e added a new column substream in pg_subscription but
forgot to update the docs.

Reported-by: Peter Smith
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PuPGGASnh2Dy37VYODKULVQo-5oE=Shc6gwtRizDt==cA@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-17 07:40:23 +05:30
Thomas Munro
9e7ccd9ef6 Enable parallelism in REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW.
Pass CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK to pg_plan_query() so that parallel plans
are considered when running the underlying SELECT query.  This wasn't
done in commit e9baa5e9, which did this for CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW,
because it wasn't yet known to be safe.

Since REFRESH always inserts into a freshly created table before later
merging or swapping the data into place with separate operations, we can
enable such plans here too.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hou, Zhijie <houzj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Luc Vlaming <luc@swarm64.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXg-4hNKJC6nFnepRHYT4t5jJVstYvri%2BtKQHy7ydcr8A%40mail.gmail.com
2021-03-17 15:04:17 +13:00
Stephen Frost
94d13d474d Improve logging of auto-vacuum and auto-analyze
When logging auto-vacuum and auto-analyze activity, include the I/O
timing if track_io_timing is enabled.  Also, for auto-analyze, add the
read rate and the dirty rate, similar to how that information has
historically been logged for auto-vacuum.

Stephen Frost and Jakub Wartak

Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/VI1PR0701MB69603A433348EDCF783C6ECBF6EF0%40VI1PR0701MB6960.eurprd07.prod.outlook.com
2021-03-16 14:46:48 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
9aa491abbf
Add libpq pipeline mode support to pgbench
New metacommands \startpipeline and \endpipeline allow the user to run
queries in libpq pipeline mode.

Author: Daniel Vérité <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b4e34135-2bd9-4b8a-94ca-27d760da26d7@manitou-mail.org
2021-03-15 18:33:03 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
acb7e4eb6b
Implement pipeline mode in libpq
Pipeline mode in libpq lets an application avoid the Sync messages in
the FE/BE protocol that are implicit in the old libpq API after each
query.  The application can then insert Sync at its leisure with a new
libpq function PQpipelineSync.  This can lead to substantial reductions
in query latency.

Co-authored-by: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@enterprisedb.com>
Co-authored-by: Matthieu Garrigues <matthieu.garrigues@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Aya Iwata <iwata.aya@jp.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Vérité <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: David G. Johnston <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison <k.jamison@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikhil Sontakke <nikhils@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Vaishnavi Prabakaran <VaishnaviP@fast.au.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YFUjJytRyV4J-16bEoiZyH=4nj+sQ7JP9ajwz=B4dMMZw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJkzx4T5E-2cQe3dtv2R78dYFvz+in8PY7A8MArvLhs_pg75gg@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-15 18:13:42 -03:00
Fujii Masao
d75288fb27 Make archiver process an auxiliary process.
This commit changes WAL archiver process so that it's treated as
an auxiliary process and can use shared memory. This is an infrastructure
patch required for upcoming shared-memory based stats collector patch
series. These patch series basically need any processes including archiver
that can report the statistics to access to shared memory. Since this patch
itself is useful to simplify the code and when users monitor the status of
archiver, it's committed separately in advance.

This commit simplifies the code for WAL archiving. For example, previously
backends need to signal to archiver via postmaster when they notify
archiver that there are some WAL files to archive. On the other hand,
this commit removes that signal to postmaster and enables backends to
notify archier directly using shared latch.

Also, as the side of this change, the information about archiver process
becomes viewable at pg_stat_activity view.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera, Julien Rouhaud, Tomas Vondra, Arthur Zakirov, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180629.173418.190173462.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2021-03-15 13:13:14 +09:00
Robert Haas
9706092839 Add pg_amcheck, a CLI for contrib/amcheck.
This makes it a lot easier to run the corruption checks that are
implemented by contrib/amcheck against lots of relations and get
the result in an easily understandable format. It has a wide variety
of options for choosing which relations to check and which checks
to perform, and it can run checks in parallel if you want.

Mark Dilger, reviewed by Peter Geoghegan and by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/12ED3DA8-25F0-4B68-937D-D907CFBF08E7@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/BA592F2D-F928-46FF-9516-2B827F067F57@enterprisedb.com
2021-03-12 13:00:01 -05:00
Tom Lane
f52c5d6749 Forbid marking an identity column as nullable.
GENERATED ALWAYS AS IDENTITY implies NOT NULL, but the code failed
to complain if you overrode that with "GENERATED ALWAYS AS IDENTITY
NULL".  One might think the old behavior was a feature, but it was
inconsistent because the outcome varied depending on the order of
the clauses, so it seems to have been just an oversight.

Per bug #16913 from Pavel Boev.  Back-patch to v10 where identity
columns were introduced.

Vik Fearing (minor tweaks by me)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16913-3b5198410f67d8c6@postgresql.org
2021-03-12 11:08:42 -05:00
Thomas Munro
de829ddf23 Add condition variable for walreceiver shutdown.
Use this new CV to wait for walreceiver shutdown without a sleep/poll
loop, while also benefiting from standard postmaster death handling.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK1607VmtrDUHQXrsooU%3Dap4g4R2yaoByWOOA3m8xevUQ%40mail.gmail.com
2021-03-12 19:45:42 +13:00
Robert Haas
32fd2b57d7 Be clear about whether a recovery pause has taken effect.
Previously, the code and documentation seem to have essentially
assumed than a call to pg_wal_replay_pause() would take place
immediately, but that's not the case, because we only check for a
pause in certain places. This means that a tool that uses this
function and then wants to do something else afterward that is
dependent on the pause having taken effect doesn't know how long it
needs to wait to be sure that no more WAL is going to be replayed.

To avoid that, add a new function pg_get_wal_replay_pause_state()
which returns either 'not paused', 'paused requested', or 'paused'.
After calling pg_wal_replay_pause() the status will immediate change
from 'not paused' to 'pause requested'; when the startup process
has noticed this, the status will change to 'pause'.  For backward
compatibility, pg_is_wal_replay_paused() still exists and returns
the same thing as before: true if a pause has been requested,
whether or not it has taken effect yet; and false if not.
The documentation is updated to clarify.

To improve the changes that a pause request is quickly confirmed
effective, adjust things so that WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable will
swiftly reach a call to recoveryPausesHere() when a pause request
is made.

Dilip Kumar, reviewed by Simon Riggs, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Yugo Nagata,
Masahiko Sawada, and Bharath Rupireddy.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-vcLLWEm8Zr%3DYK83rgYrT9pbC8VJCfa1kY9vL3AUPfu6g%40mail.gmail.com
2021-03-11 15:07:03 -05:00
Peter Geoghegan
3f0daeb02f Doc: B-Tree only has one additional parameter.
Oversight in commit 9f3665fb.

Backpatch: 13-, just like commit 9f3665fb.
2021-03-10 22:10:36 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan
9f3665fbfc Don't consider newly inserted tuples in nbtree VACUUM.
Remove the entire idea of "stale stats" within nbtree VACUUM (stop
caring about stats involving the number of inserted tuples).  Also
remove the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC/param on the master
branch (though just disable them on postgres 13).

The vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor/stats interface made the nbtree AM
partially responsible for deciding when pg_class.reltuples stats needed
to be updated.  This seems contrary to the spirit of the index AM API,
though -- it is not actually necessary for an index AM's bulk delete and
cleanup callbacks to provide accurate stats when it happens to be
inconvenient.  The core code owns that.  (Index AMs have the authority
to perform or not perform certain kinds of deferred cleanup based on
their own considerations, such as page deletion and recycling, but that
has little to do with pg_class.reltuples/num_index_tuples.)

This issue was fairly harmless until the introduction of the
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold feature by commit b07642db, which had
an undesirable interaction with the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
mechanism: it made insert-driven autovacuums perform full index scans,
even though there is no real benefit to doing so.  This has been tied to
a regression with an append-only insert benchmark [1].

Also have remaining cases that perform a full scan of an index during a
cleanup-only nbtree VACUUM indicate that the final tuple count is only
an estimate.  This prevents vacuumlazy.c from setting the index's
pg_class.reltuples in those cases (it will now only update pg_class when
vacuumlazy.c had TIDs for nbtree to bulk delete).  This arguably fixes
an oversight in deduplication-related bugfix commit 48e12913.

[1] https://smalldatum.blogspot.com/2021/01/insert-benchmark-postgres-is-still.html

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoA4WHthN5uU6+WScZ7+J_RcEjmcuH94qcoUPuB42ShXzg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold was added.
2021-03-10 16:27:01 -08:00
Thomas Munro
d87251048a Replace buffer I/O locks with condition variables.
1.  Backends waiting for buffer I/O are now interruptible.

2.  If something goes wrong in a backend that is currently performing
I/O, waiting backends no longer wake up until that backend reaches
AbortBufferIO() and broadcasts on the CV.  Previously, any waiters would
wake up (because the I/O lock was automatically released) and then
busy-loop until AbortBufferIO() cleared BM_IO_IN_PROGRESS.

3.  LWLockMinimallyPadded is removed, as it would now be unused.

Author: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (earlier version, 2016)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ8nBFrjLuCTuqKN0pd2PQOwj9b_jnsiGFFMDvUxahj_A%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoaj2aPti0yho7FeEf2qt-JgQPRWb0gci_o1Hfr=C56Xng@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-11 10:36:17 +13:00
Tom Lane
b12436340a Doc: get rid of <foreignphrase> tags.
We italicized some, but not all, instances of "per se", "pro forma", and
"ad hoc". These phrases are widespread in formal registers of English,
so it"s debatable whether they even qualify as foreign. We could instead
try to be more consistent in the use of <foreignphrase>, but that"s
difficult to enforce, so let"s just remove the tags for those words.

The one case that seems to deserve the tag is "voilà". Instead of keeping
just one instance of the tag, change that to a more standard phrase.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHtWs_NsccAVgQ=tTUKkXHpHdkjZXtp_Cd9dGWyBDxfbQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-10 12:38:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
227338b00d Doc: improve introductory information about procedures.
Clarify the discussion in "User-Defined Procedures", by laying out
the key differences between functions and procedures in a bulleted
list.  Notably, this avoids burying the lede about procedures being
able to do transaction control.  Make the back-link in the CREATE
FUNCTION reference page more prominent, and add one in CREATE
PROCEDURE.

Per gripe from Guyren Howe.  Thanks to David Johnston for discussion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BYAPR03MB4903C53A8BB7EFF5EA289674A6949@BYAPR03MB4903.namprd03.prod.outlook.com
2021-03-10 11:33:50 -05:00
Tom Lane
3ebc6d2957 Doc: fix missing mention of procedure OUT parameters.
Small oversight in commit 2453ea142.
2021-03-10 10:59:48 -05:00
Thomas Munro
547f04e734 pgbench: Improve time logic.
Instead of instr_time (struct timespec) and the INSTR_XXX macros,
introduce pg_time_usec_t and use integer arithmetic.  Don't include the
connection time in TPS unless using -C mode, but report it separately.

Author: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227180100.zyvjwzcpiokfsqm2%40alap3.anarazel.de
2021-03-10 17:44:04 +13:00
Amit Kapila
05c8482f7f Enable parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...".
Parallel SELECT can't be utilized for INSERT in the following cases:
- INSERT statement uses the ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE clause
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe: trigger, index expression or
  predicate, column default expression or check constraint
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe domain constraint on any column
- Target table is a partitioned table with a parallel-unsafe partition key
  expression or support function

The planner is updated to perform additional parallel-safety checks for
the cases listed above, for determining whether it is safe to run INSERT
in parallel-mode with an underlying parallel SELECT. The planner will
consider using parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...", provided
nothing unsafe is found from the additional parallel-safety checks, or
from the existing parallel-safety checks for SELECT.

While checking parallel-safety, we need to check it for all the partitions
on the table which can be costly especially when we decide not to use a
parallel plan. So, in a separate patch, we will introduce a GUC and or a
reloption to enable/disable parallelism for Insert statements.

Prior to entering parallel-mode for the execution of INSERT with parallel
SELECT, a TransactionId is acquired and assigned to the current
transaction state. This is necessary to prevent the INSERT from attempting
to assign the TransactionId whilst in parallel-mode, which is not allowed.
This approach has a disadvantage in that if the underlying SELECT does not
return any rows, then the TransactionId is not used, however that
shouldn't happen in practice in many cases.

Author: Greg Nancarrow, Amit Langote, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Hou Zhijie, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Antonin Houska, Bharath Rupireddy, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Zhihong Yu, Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Tang, Haiying
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV=qpFJrR3AcrTS3g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-fAdj=nDKMsRhQzndm-O13NY4dL6xGcEvdX5Xvbbi0V7g@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-10 07:38:58 +05:30
Michael Paquier
0ba71107ef Revert changes for SSL compression in libpq
This partially reverts 096bbf7 and 9d2d457, undoing the libpq changes as
it could cause breakages in distributions that share one single libpq
version across multiple major versions of Postgres for extensions and
applications linking to that.

Note that the backend is unchanged here, and it still disables SSL
compression while simplifying the underlying catalogs that tracked if
compression was enabled or not for a SSL connection.

Per discussion with Tom Lane and Daniel Gustafsson.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YEbq15JKJwIX+S6m@paquier.xyz
2021-03-10 09:35:42 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov
6540cc517d Fix vague comment in jsonb documentation
The sample query fails because of an attempt to update the key of a numeric.
But the comment says it's just because of the missing object key.  That's not
correct because jsonb subscription automatically adds missing keys.

Reported-by: Nikita Konev
2021-03-09 18:16:03 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
14d9b37607 libpq: Remove deprecated connection parameters authtype and tty
The authtype parameter was deprecated and made inactive in commit
d5bbe2aca5, but the environment variable was left defined and thus
tested with a getenv call even though the value is of no use.  Also,
if it would exist it would be copied but never freed as the cleanup
code had been removed.

tty was deprecated in commit cb7fb3ca95 but most of the
infrastructure around it remained in place.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DDDF36F3-582A-4C02-8598-9B464CC42B34@yesql.se
2021-03-09 15:01:22 +01:00
Fujii Masao
ff99918c62 Track total amounts of times spent writing and syncing WAL data to disk.
This commit adds new GUC track_wal_io_timing. When this is enabled,
the total amounts of time XLogWrite writes and issue_xlog_fsync syncs
WAL data to disk are counted in pg_stat_wal. This information would be
useful to check how much WAL write and sync affect the performance.

Enabling track_wal_io_timing will make the server query the operating
system for the current time every time WAL is written or synced,
which may cause significant overhead on some platforms. To avoid such
additional overhead in the server with track_io_timing enabled,
this commit introduces track_wal_io_timing as a separate parameter from
track_io_timing.

Note that WAL write and sync activity by walreceiver has not been tracked yet.

This commit makes the server also track the numbers of times XLogWrite
writes and issue_xlog_fsync syncs WAL data to disk, in pg_stat_wal,
regardless of the setting of track_wal_io_timing. This counters can be
used to calculate the WAL write and sync time per request, for example.

Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-By: Japin Li, Hayato Kuroda, Masahiko Sawada, David Johnston, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0509ad67b585a5b86a83d445dfa75392@oss.nttdata.com
2021-03-09 16:52:06 +09:00
Michael Paquier
9d2d457009 Add support for more progress reporting in COPY
The command (TO or FROM), its type (file, pipe, program or callback),
and the number of tuples excluded by a WHERE clause in COPY FROM are
added to the progress reporting already available.

The column "lines_processed" is renamed to "tuples_processed" to
disambiguate the meaning of this column in the cases of CSV and BINARY
COPY and to be more consistent with the other catalog progress views.

Bump catalog version, again.

Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby, Bharath Rupireddy, Josef
Šimánek, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WiOcgdH4aQA8NtZq-4dgvnJzp8PohdeKchPkhMY-jWZXA@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-09 14:21:03 +09:00
Michael Paquier
f9264d1524 Remove support for SSL compression
PostgreSQL disabled compression as of e3bdb2d and the documentation
recommends against using it since.  Additionally, SSL compression has
been disabled in OpenSSL since version 1.1.0, and was disabled in many
distributions long before that.  The most recent TLS version, TLSv1.3,
disallows compression at the protocol level.

This commit removes the feature itself, removing support for the libpq
parameter sslcompression (parameter still listed for compatibility
reasons with existing connection strings, just ignored), and removes
the equivalent field in pg_stat_ssl and de facto PgBackendSSLStatus.

Note that, on top of removing the ability to activate compression by
configuration, compression is actively disabled in both frontend and
backend to avoid overrides from local configurations.

A TAP test is added for deprecated SSL parameters to check after
backwards compatibility.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Magnus Hagander, Michael Paquier
Discussion:  https://postgr.es/m/7E384D48-11C5-441B-9EC3-F7DB1F8518F6@yesql.se
2021-03-09 11:16:47 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
f9a0392e1c Add bit_xor aggregate function
This can be used as a checksum for unordered sets.  bit_and and bit_or
already exist.

Author: Alexey Bashtanov <bashtanov@imap.cc>
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9d4582ae-ecfc-3a13-2238-6ab5a37c1f41@imap.cc
2021-03-06 19:28:05 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
30b26dfac7 Clarify that CREATEROLE roles are considered Administrators
Author: Michael Banck
Reviewed-By: Robert Treat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2160a5071a7bb5339055b04a8cad81a822be9d8d.camel@credativ.de
2021-03-06 18:12:26 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
e045565dae Improve docs on updatable views
Introduce the options before going into details, and add a link to the
CREATE TRIGGER documentation.

Author: David Johnston
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwYLLRhheo0_Y4Jp=vJ_YDsz1KoRuTpX1A_bUxmHTmLe-A@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-06 17:36:48 +01:00
Tom Lane
0ce4cd04da Doc: remove obsolete entries in table of BRIN strategy numbers.
See commit 591d282e8.

Noted by Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201027032511.GF9241@telsasoft.com
2021-03-05 10:59:23 -05:00
Tom Lane
112d411fbe Remove deprecated containment operators for contrib types.
Since PG 8.2, @ and ~ have been deprecated aliases for the containment
operators @> and <@.  It seems like enough time has passed to actually
remove them, so do so.

This completes the project begun in commit 2f70fdb06.  Note that in
the core types, the relation to the preferred operator names was
reversed from what it is in these contrib modules.  The confusion
that induced was a large part of the reason for deprecation.

Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201027032511.GF9241@telsasoft.com
2021-03-05 10:45:41 -05:00
Michael Paquier
8a8f4d8ede doc: Add backlinks to progress reporting documentation
Previously, the only place where progress reports were mentioned is in
the section for monitoring dedicated to its catalogs.  This makes the
progress reporting more discoverable, by adding links from the pages of
the commands supporting progress reports to their related catalog
views.

Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Bharath Rupireddy, Josef Šimánek, Tomas
Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WiOcgdH4aQA8NtZq-4dgvnJzp8PohdeKchPkhMY-jWZXA@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-05 14:58:16 +09:00
Michael Paquier
5bca69a76b Add support for PROVE_TESTS and PROVE_FLAGS in MSVC scripts
These can be set in buildenv.pl or a "set" command within a Windows
terminal.  The MSVC script vcregress.pl parses the values available in
the environment to build the resulting prove commands, and the parsing
of PROVE_TESTS is able to handle name patterns in the same way as other
platforms.

Not specifying those environment values makes vcregress.pl fall back to
the previous default, with no extra flags for the prove command, and all
the tests run within t/.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Juan José Santamaría Flecha, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YD9GigwHoL6lFY2y@paquier.xyz
2021-03-05 10:12:49 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3174d69fb9 Remove server and libpq support for old FE/BE protocol version 2.
Protocol version 3 was introduced in PostgreSQL 7.4. There shouldn't be
many clients or servers left out there without version 3 support. But as
a courtesy, I kept just enough of the old protocol support that we can
still send the "unsupported protocol version" error in v2 format, so that
old clients can display the message properly. Likewise, libpq still
understands v2 ErrorResponse messages when establishing a connection.

The impetus to do this now is that I'm working on a patch to COPY
FROM, to always prefetch some data. We cannot do that safely with the
old protocol, because it requires parsing the input one byte at a time
to detect the end-of-copy marker.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera, John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/9ec25819-0a8a-d51a-17dc-4150bb3cca3b%40iki.fi
2021-03-04 10:45:55 +02:00
Tom Lane
0a687c8f10 Add trim_array() function.
This has been in the SQL spec since 2008.  It's a pretty thin
wrapper around the array slice functionality, but the spec
says we should have it, so here it is.

Vik Fearing, reviewed by Dian Fay

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fc92ce17-9655-8ff1-c62a-4dc4c8ccd815@postgresfriends.org
2021-03-03 16:39:57 -05:00
Amit Kapila
8af3c233e4 Clarify the usage of max_replication_slots on the subscriber side.
It was not clear in the docs that the max_replication_slots is also used
to track replication origins on the subscriber side.

Author: Paul Martinez
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 10 where logical replication was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACqFVBZgwCN_pHnW6dMNCrOS7tiHCw6Retf_=U2Vvj3aUSeATw@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-03 12:01:56 +05:30
Amit Kapila
19890a064e Add option to enable two_phase commits via pg_create_logical_replication_slot.
Commit 0aa8a01d04 extends the output plugin API to allow decoding of
prepared xacts and allowed the user to enable/disable the two-phase option
via pg_logical_slot_get_changes(). This can lead to a problem such that
the first time when it gets changes via pg_logical_slot_get_changes()
without two_phase option enabled it will not get the prepared even though
prepare is after consistent snapshot. Now next time during getting changes,
if the two_phase option is enabled it can skip prepare because by that
time start decoding point has been moved. So the user will only get commit
prepared.

Allow to enable/disable this option at the create slot time and default
will be false. It will break the existing slots which is fine in a major
release.

Author: Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d0f60d60-133d-bf8d-bd70-47784d8fabf3@enterprisedb.com
2021-03-03 07:34:11 +05:30
Tom Lane
ee28cacf61 Extend the abilities of libpq's target_session_attrs parameter.
In addition to the existing options of "any" and "read-write", we
now support "read-only", "primary", "standby", and "prefer-standby".
"read-write" retains its previous meaning of "transactions are
read-write by default", and "read-only" inverts that.  The other
three modes test specifically for hot-standby status, which is not
quite the same thing.  (Setting default_transaction_read_only on
a primary server renders it read-only to this logic, but not a
standby.)

Furthermore, if talking to a v14 or later server, no extra network
round trip is needed to detect the session's status; the GUC_REPORT
variables delivered by the server are enough.  When talking to an
older server, a SHOW or SELECT query is issued to detect session
read-only-ness or server hot-standby state, as needed.

Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Vignesh C, Tom Lane; reviewed at
various times by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-02 20:17:48 -05:00
Michael Paquier
57e6db706e Add --tablespace option to reindexdb
This option provides REINDEX (TABLESPACE) for reindexdb, applying the
tablespace value given by the caller to all the REINDEX queries
generated.

While on it, this commit adds some tests for REINDEX TABLESPACE, with
and without CONCURRENTLY, when run on toast indexes and tables.  Such
operations are not allowed, and toast relation names are not stable
enough to be part of the main regression test suite (even if using a PL
function with a TRY/CATCH logic, as CONCURRENTLY could not be tested).

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YDiaDMnzLICqeukl@paquier.xyz
2021-03-03 10:14:21 +09:00
Tom Lane
d16f8c8e41 Mark default_transaction_read_only as GUC_REPORT.
This allows clients to find out the setting at connection time without
having to expend a query round trip to do so; which is helpful when
trying to identify read/write servers.  (One must also look at
in_hot_standby, but that's already GUC_REPORT, cf bf8a662c9.)
Modifying libpq to make use of this will come soon, but I felt it
cleaner to push the server change separately.

Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Vignesh C; reviewed at various times
by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-02 13:53:54 -05:00
Tom Lane
4aea704a5b Fix semantics of regular expression back-references.
POSIX defines the behavior of back-references thus:

    The back-reference expression '\n' shall match the same (possibly
    empty) string of characters as was matched by a subexpression
    enclosed between "\(" and "\)" preceding the '\n'.

As far as I can see, the back-reference is supposed to consider only
the data characters matched by the referenced subexpression.  However,
because our engine copies the NFA constructed from the referenced
subexpression, it effectively enforces any constraints therein, too.
As an example, '(^.)\1' ought to match 'xx', or any other string
starting with two occurrences of the same character; but in our code
it does not, and indeed can't match anything, because the '^' anchor
constraint is included in the backref's copied NFA.  If POSIX intended
that, you'd think they'd mention it.  Perl for one doesn't act that
way, so it's hard to conclude that this isn't a bug.

Fix by modifying the backref's NFA immediately after it's copied from
the reference, replacing all constraint arcs by EMPTY arcs so that the
constraints are treated as automatically satisfied.  This still allows
us to enforce matching rules that depend only on the data characters;
for example, in '(^\d+).*\1' the NFA matching step will still know
that the backref can only match strings of digits.

Perhaps surprisingly, this change does not affect the results of any
of a rather large corpus of real-world regexes.  Nonetheless, I would
not consider back-patching it, since it's a clear compatibility break.

Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/661609.1614560029@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-03-02 11:34:53 -05:00
Michael Paquier
bd1b8d0ef2 doc: Improve description of data checksums
This partially reverts bcf2667 that got incorrectly merged, and this
improves the wording of the documentation that existed before that.

Per discussion with Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210301004647.GF20769@telsasoft.com
2021-03-02 10:50:13 +09:00
Michael Paquier
8c1b6a186d doc: Mention archive_command failure handling on signals
The behavior is similar to restore_command, which was already documented
for the restore part, but not the archive part.

Author: Benoit Lobréau
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPE8EZ7akCzc1hWohA4AcbmKtHh9rcWAB5MStOeZD2+9jC+hLQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-02 10:25:47 +09:00
Amit Kapila
8bdb1332eb Avoid repeated decoding of prepared transactions after a restart.
In commit a271a1b50e, we allowed decoding at prepare time and the prepare
was decoded again if there is a restart after decoding it. It was done
that way because we can't distinguish between the cases where we have not
decoded the prepare because it was prior to consistent snapshot or we have
decoded it earlier but restarted. To distinguish between these two cases,
we have introduced an initial_consistent_point at the slot level which is
an LSN at which we found a consistent point at the time of slot creation.
This is also the point where we have exported a snapshot for the initial
copy. So, prepare transaction prior to this point are sent along with
commit prepared.

This commit bumps SNAPBUILD_VERSION because of change in SnapBuild. It
will break existing slots which is fine in a major release.

Author: Ajin Cherian, based on idea by Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d0f60d60-133d-bf8d-bd70-47784d8fabf3@enterprisedb.com
2021-03-01 09:11:18 +05:30
Amit Kapila
cf54e04b9e Update docs of logical replication for commit ce0fdbfe97.
Forgot to update the logical replication configuration settings page.
After commit ce0fdbfe97, table synchronization workers also started using
replication origins to track the progress and the same should be reflected
in docs.

Author: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KkbppndxxRKbaT2sXrLkdPwy44F4pjEZ0EDrVjD9MPjQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-03-01 08:23:41 +05:30
Amit Kapila
b4e3dc7fd4 Update the docs and comments for decoding of prepared xacts.
Commit a271a1b50e introduced decoding at prepare time in ReorderBuffer.
This can lead to deadlock for out-of-core logical replication solutions
that uses this feature to build distributed 2PC in case such transactions
lock [user] catalog tables exclusively. They need to inform users to not
have locks on catalog tables (via explicit LOCK command) in such
transactions.

Reported-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210222222847.tpnb6eg3yiykzpky@alap3.anarazel.de
2021-03-01 08:14:33 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
f4adc41c4f Enhanced cycle mark values
Per SQL:202x draft, in the CYCLE clause of a recursive query, the
cycle mark values can be of type boolean and can be omitted, in which
case they default to TRUE and FALSE.

Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
2021-02-27 08:13:24 +01:00
Tom Lane
4e90052c46 Doc: further clarify libpq's description of connection string URIs.
Break the synopsis into named parts to make it less confusing.
Make more than zero effort at applying SGML markup.  Do a bit
of copy-editing of nearby text.

The synopsis revision is by Alvaro Herrera and Paul Förster,
the rest is my fault.  Back-patch to v10 where multi-host
connection strings appeared.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6E752D6B-487C-463E-B6E2-C32E7FB007EA@gmail.com
2021-02-26 15:24:00 -05:00
Michael Paquier
329784e118 doc: Improve {archive,restore}_command for compressed logs
The commands mentioned in the docs with gzip and gunzip did not prefix
the archives with ".gz" and used inconsistent paths for the archives,
which can be confusing.

Reported-by: Philipp Gramzow
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161397938841.15451.13129264141285167267@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2021-02-26 14:39:03 +09:00
Thomas Munro
8556267b2b Revert "pg_collation_actual_version() -> pg_collation_current_version()."
This reverts commit 9cf184cc05.  Name
change less well received than anticipated.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/afcfb97e-88a1-a540-db95-6c573b93bc2b%40eisentraut.org
2021-02-26 15:29:27 +13:00
Tom Lane
7dc13a0f08 Change regex \D and \W shorthands to always match newlines.
Newline is certainly not a digit, nor a word character, so it is
sensible that it should match these complemented character classes.
Previously, \D and \W acted that way by default, but in
newline-sensitive mode ('n' or 'p' flag) they did not match newlines.

This behavior was previously forced because explicit complemented
character classes don't match newlines in newline-sensitive mode;
but as of the previous commit that implementation constraint no
longer exists.  It seems useful to change this because the primary
real-world use for newline-sensitive mode seems to be to match the
default behavior of other regex engines such as Perl and Javascript
... and their default behavior is that these match newlines.

The old behavior can be kept by writing an explicit complemented
character class, i.e. [^[:digit:]] or [^[:word:]].  (This means
that \D and \W are not exactly equivalent to those strings, but
they weren't anyway.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3220564.1613859619@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-02-25 13:29:06 -05:00
Tom Lane
2a0af7fe46 Allow complemented character class escapes within regex brackets.
The complement-class escapes \D, \S, \W are now allowed within
bracket expressions.  There is no semantic difficulty with doing
that, but the rather hokey macro-expansion-based implementation
previously used here couldn't cope.

Also, invent "word" as an allowed character class name, thus "\w"
is now equivalent to "[[:word:]]" outside brackets, or "[:word:]"
within brackets.  POSIX allows such implementation-specific
extensions, and the same name is used in e.g. bash.

One surprising compatibility issue this raises is that constructs
such as "[\w-_]" are now disallowed, as our documentation has always
said they should be: character classes can't be endpoints of a range.
Previously, because \w was just a macro for "[:alnum:]_", such a
construct was read as "[[:alnum:]_-_]", so it was accepted so long as
the character after "-" was numerically greater than or equal to "_".

Some implementation cleanup along the way:

* Remove the lexnest() hack, and in consequence clean up wordchrs()
to not interact with the lexer.

* Fix colorcomplement() to not be O(N^2) in the number of colors
involved.

* Get rid of useless-as-far-as-I-can-see calls of element()
on single-character character element names in brackpart().
element() always maps these to the character itself, and things
would be quite broken if it didn't --- should "[a]" match something
different than "a" does?  Besides, the shortcut path in brackpart()
wasn't doing this anyway, making it even more inconsistent.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2845172.1613674385@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3220564.1613859619@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-02-25 13:00:40 -05:00
Michael Paquier
a6f8dc47a0 doc: Mention PGDATABASE as supported by pgbench
PGHOST, PGPORT and PGUSER were already mentioned, but not PGDATABASE.
Like 5aaa584, backpatch down to 12.

Reported-by: Christophe Courtois
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161399398648.21711.15387267201764682579@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 12
2021-02-25 16:06:54 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan
e5d8a99903 Use full 64-bit XIDs in deleted nbtree pages.
Otherwise we risk "leaking" deleted pages by making them non-recyclable
indefinitely.  Commit 6655a729 did the same thing for deleted pages in
GiST indexes.  That work was used as a starting point here.

Stop storing an XID indicating the oldest bpto.xact across all deleted
though unrecycled pages in nbtree metapages.  There is no longer any
reason to care about that condition/the oldest XID.  It only ever made
sense when wraparound was something _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() had to
consider.

The btm_oldest_btpo_xact metapage field has been repurposed and renamed.
It is now btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages, which is used to remember how
many non-recycled deleted pages remain from the last VACUUM (in practice
its value is usually the precise number of pages that were _newly
deleted_ during the specific VACUUM operation that last set the field).

The general idea behind storing btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages is to use
it to give _some_ consideration to non-recycled deleted pages inside
_bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() -- though never too much.  We only really
need to avoid leaving a truly excessive number of deleted pages in an
unrecycled state forever.  We only do this to cover certain narrow cases
where no other factor makes VACUUM do a full scan, and yet the index
continues to grow (and so actually misses out on recycling existing
deleted pages).

These metapage changes result in a clear user-visible benefit: We no
longer trigger full index scans during VACUUM operations solely due to
the presence of only 1 or 2 known deleted (though unrecycled) blocks
from a very large index.  All that matters now is keeping the costs and
benefits in balance over time.

Fix an issue that has been around since commit 857f9c36, which added the
"skip full scan of index" mechanism (i.e. the _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup()
logic).  The accuracy of btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples accidentally
hinged upon _when_ the source value gets stored.  We now always store
btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples in btvacuumcleanup().  This fixes the
issue because IndexVacuumInfo.num_heap_tuples (the source field) is
expected to accurately indicate the state of the table _after_ the
VACUUM completes inside btvacuumcleanup().

A backpatchable fix cannot easily be extracted from this commit.  A
targeted fix for the issue will follow in a later commit, though that
won't happen today.

I (pgeoghegan) have chosen to remove any mention of deleted pages in the
documentation of the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC/param, since
the presence of deleted (though unrecycled) pages is no longer of much
concern to users.  The vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor description in
the docs now seems rather unclear in any case, and it should probably be
rewritten in the near future.  Perhaps some passing mention of page
deletion will be added back at the same time.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC due to nbtree WAL records using full XIDs now.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznpdHvujGUwYZ8sihX=d5u-tRYhi-F4wnV2uN2zHpMUXw@mail.gmail.com
2021-02-24 18:41:34 -08:00
Michael Paquier
bcf2667bf6 Fix some typos, grammar and style in docs and comments
The portions fixing the documentation are backpatched where needed.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210210235557.GQ20012@telsasoft.com
backpatch-through: 9.6
2021-02-24 16:13:17 +09:00
Michael Paquier
c82d59d64e doc: Improve description of wal_receiver_status_interval
This parameter description was previously confusing, telling that a
value of 0 disabled completely status updates.  This is not true as
there are cases where an update is sent while ignoring this parameter
value.  The documentation is improved to outline the difference of
treatment for scheduled status messages and when these are forced.

Reported-by: Dmitriy Kuzmin
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161346024420.3455.1345266601055047937@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2021-02-24 11:15:58 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
d9d076222f
VACUUM: ignore indexing operations with CONCURRENTLY
As envisioned in commit c98763bf51, it is possible for VACUUM to
ignore certain transactions that are executing CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY
and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY for the purposes of computing Xmin; that's
because we know those transactions are not going to examine any other
tables, and are not going to execute anything else in the same
transaction.  (Only operations on "safe" indexes can be ignored: those
on indexes that are neither partial nor expressional).

This is extremely useful in cases where CIC/RC can run for a very long
time, because that used to be a significant headache for concurrent
vacuuming of other tables.

Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210115133858.GA18931@alvherre.pgsql
2021-02-23 12:15:09 -03:00
Amit Kapila
bc617a7b1c Change the error message for logical replication authentication failure.
The authentication failure error message wasn't distinguishing whether
it is a physical replication or logical replication connection failure and
was giving incomplete information on what led to failure in case of logical
replication connection.

Author: Paul Martinez and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACqFVBYahrAi2OPdJfUA3YCvn3QMzzxZdw0ibSJ8wouWeDtiyQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-02-23 09:11:22 +05:30
Magnus Hagander
d22d0fa937 Fix docs build for website styles
Building the docs with STYLE=website referenced a stylesheet that long
longer exists on the website, since we changed it to use versioned
references.

To make it less likely for this to happen again, point to a single
stylesheet on the website which will in turn import the required one.
That puts the process entirely within the scope of the website
repository, so next time a version is switched that's the only place
changes have to be made, making them less likely to be missed.

Per (off-list) discussion with Peter Geoghegan and Jonathan Katz.
2021-02-22 13:04:10 +01:00
Thomas Munro
9cf184cc05 pg_collation_actual_version() -> pg_collation_current_version().
The new name seems a bit more natural.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210117215940.GE8560%40telsasoft.com
2021-02-22 23:32:16 +13:00
Michael Paquier
1766118833 doc: Mention that partitions_{done,total} is 0 for REINDEX progress reports
REINDEX has recently gained support for partitions, so it can be
confusing to see those fields not being set.  Making useful reports for
for such relations is more complicated than it looks with the current
set of columns available in pg_stat_progress_create_index, and this
touches equally REINDEX DATABASE/SYSTEM/SCHEMA.  This commit documents
that those two columns are not touched during a REINDEX.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210216064214.GI28165@telsasoft.com
2021-02-20 10:25:14 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
678d0e239b Update snowball
Update to snowball tag v2.1.0.  Major changes are new stemmers for
Armenian, Serbian, and Yiddish.
2021-02-19 08:10:15 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
f5465fade9 Allow specifying CRL directory
Add another method to specify CRLs, hashed directory method, for both
server and client side.  This offers a means for server or libpq to
load only CRLs that are required to verify a certificate.  The CRL
directory is specifed by separate GUC variables or connection options
ssl_crl_dir and sslcrldir, alongside the existing ssl_crl_file and
sslcrl, so both methods can be used at the same time.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200731.173911.904649928639357911.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2021-02-18 07:59:10 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
c15283ff42 Fix pointer type in ExecForeignBatchInsert SGML docs
Reported-by: Ian Barwick
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
2021-02-18 00:03:41 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
f40c6969d0 Routine usage information schema tables
Several information schema views track dependencies between
functions/procedures and objects used by them.  These had not been
implemented so far because PostgreSQL doesn't track objects used in a
function body.  However, formally, these also show dependencies used
in parameter default expressions, which PostgreSQL does support and
track.  So for the sake of completeness, we might as well add these.
If dependency tracking for function bodies is ever implemented, these
views will automatically work correctly.

Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ac80fc74-e387-8950-9a31-2560778fc1e3%40enterprisedb.com
2021-02-17 18:16:06 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
a29f30780f Fix typo
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0CF087FC-BEAD-4010-8BB9-3CDD74DC9060@yesql.se
2021-02-17 13:54:58 +01:00
Fujii Masao
46d6e5f567 Display the time when the process started waiting for the lock, in pg_locks, take 2
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.

This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.

Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.

The first attempt of this patch (commit 3b733fcd04) caused the buildfarm
member "rorqual" (built with --disable-atomics --disable-spinlocks) to report
the failure of the regression test. It was reverted by commit 890d2182a2.
The cause of this failure was that the atomic variable for "waitstart"
in the dummy process entry created at the end of prepare transaction was
not initialized. This second attempt fixes that issue.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
2021-02-15 15:13:37 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan
9e596b65f4 Add "LP_DEAD item?" column to GiST pageinspect functions
This brings gist_page_items() and gist_page_items_bytea() in line with
nbtree's bt_page_items() function.

Minor follow-up to commit 756ab291, which added the GiST functions.

Author: Andrey Borodin <x4mmm@yandex-team.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E0794687-7315-4C29-A9C7-EC54D448596D@yandex-team.ru
2021-02-14 20:11:11 -08:00
Thomas Munro
f900a79ecd Default to wal_sync_method=fdatasync on FreeBSD.
FreeBSD 13 gained O_DSYNC, which would normally cause wal_sync_method to
choose open_datasync as its default value.  That may not be a good
choice for all systems, and performs worse than fdatasync in some
scenarios.  Let's preserve the existing default behavior for now.

Like commit 576477e73c, which did the same for Linux, back-patch to all
supported releases.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLsAMXBQrCxCXoW-JsUYmdOL8ALYvaX%3DCrHqWxm-nWbGA%40mail.gmail.com
2021-02-15 16:04:59 +13:00
Michael Paquier
8063d0f6f5 doc: Mention NO DEPENDS ON EXTENSION in its supported ALTER commands
This grammar flavor has been added by 5fc7039.

Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=ii6JScodxkA6-DO8bjatsMYU3OcewnL0mdN9geR+tTaw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2021-02-13 16:06:11 +09:00
Amit Kapila
ce0fdbfe97 Allow multiple xacts during table sync in logical replication.
For the initial table data synchronization in logical replication, we use
a single transaction to copy the entire table and then synchronize the
position in the stream with the main apply worker.

There are multiple downsides of this approach: (a) We have to perform the
entire copy operation again if there is any error (network breakdown,
error in the database operation, etc.) while we synchronize the WAL
position between tablesync worker and apply worker; this will be onerous
especially for large copies, (b) Using a single transaction in the
synchronization-phase (where we can receive WAL from multiple
transactions) will have the risk of exceeding the CID limit, (c) The slot
will hold the WAL till the entire sync is complete because we never commit
till the end.

This patch solves all the above downsides by allowing multiple
transactions during the tablesync phase. The initial copy is done in a
single transaction and after that, we commit each transaction as we
receive. To allow recovery after any error or crash, we use a permanent
slot and origin to track the progress. The slot and origin will be removed
once we finish the synchronization of the table. We also remove slot and
origin of tablesync workers if the user performs DROP SUBSCRIPTION .. or
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION .. REFERESH and some of the table syncs are still not
finished.

The commands ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... REFRESH PUBLICATION and
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... SET PUBLICATION ... with refresh option as true
cannot be executed inside a transaction block because they can now drop
the slots for which we have no provision to rollback.

This will also open up the path for logical replication of 2PC
transactions on the subscriber side. Previously, we can't do that because
of the requirement of maintaining a single transaction in tablesync
workers.

Bump catalog version due to change of state in the catalog
(pg_subscription_rel).

Author: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, and Takamichi Osumi
Reviewed-by: Ajin Cherian, Petr Jelinek, Hou Zhijie and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KHJxaZS-fod-0fey=0tq3=Gkn4ho=8N4-5HWiCfu0H1A@mail.gmail.com
2021-02-12 07:41:51 +05:30
Tom Lane
62535cae97 Remove dead code in ECPGconnect(), and improve documentation.
The stanza in ECPGconnect() that intended to allow specification of a
Unix socket directory path in place of a port has never executed since
it was committed, nearly two decades ago; the preceding strrchr()
already found the last colon so there cannot be another one.  The lack
of complaints about that is doubtless related to the fact that no
user-facing documentation suggested it was possible.

Rather than try to fix that up, let's just remove the unreachable
code, and instead document the way that does work to write a socket
directory path, namely specifying it as a "host" option.

In support of that, make another pass at clarifying the syntax
documentation for ECPG connection targets, particularly documenting
which things are parsed as identifiers and where to use double quotes.
Rearrange some things that seemed poorly ordered, and fix a couple of
minor doc errors.

Kyotaro Horiguchi, per gripe from Shenhao Wang
(docs changes mostly by me)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ae52a416bbbf459c96bab30b3038e06c@G08CNEXMBPEKD06.g08.fujitsu.local
2021-02-11 15:05:55 -05:00
Fujii Masao
890d2182a2 Revert "Display the time when the process started waiting for the lock, in pg_locks."
This reverts commit 3b733fcd04.

Per buildfarm members prion and rorqual.
2021-02-09 18:30:40 +09:00
Fujii Masao
3b733fcd04 Display the time when the process started waiting for the lock, in pg_locks.
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.

This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.

Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
2021-02-09 18:10:19 +09:00
Michael Paquier
7cb3048f38 Add option PROCESS_TOAST to VACUUM
This option controls if toast tables associated with a relation are
vacuumed or not when running a manual VACUUM.  It was already possible
to trigger a manual VACUUM on a toast relation without processing its
main relation, but a manual vacuum on a main relation always forced a
vacuum on its toast table.  This is useful in scenarios where the level
of bloat or transaction age of the main and toast relations differs a
lot.

This option is an extension of the existing VACOPT_SKIPTOAST that was
used by autovacuum to control if toast relations should be skipped or
not.  This internal flag is renamed to VACOPT_PROCESS_TOAST for
consistency with the new option.

A new option switch, called --no-process-toast, is added to vacuumdb.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BA8951E9-1524-48C5-94AF-73B1F0D7857F@amazon.com
2021-02-09 14:13:57 +09:00
Tatsuo Ishii
04fd3eeba5 Docs: fix pg_wal_lsn_diff manual.
The manual did not mention whether its return value is (first arg -
second arg) or (second arg - first arg). The order matters because the
return value could have a sign. Fix the manual so that it mentions the
function returns (first arg - second arg).

Patch reviewed by Tom Lane.

Back-patch through v13. Older version's doc format is difficult to add
more description.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20210206.151125.960423226279810864.t-ishii%40sraoss.co.jp
2021-02-07 13:43:50 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
3c78e0569c Refactor Windows error message for easier translation
In the error messages referring to the user right "Lock pages in
memory", this is a term from the Windows OS, so it should be
translated in accordance with the OS localization.  Refactor the error
messages so this is easier and clearer.  Also fix the capitalization
to match the existing capitalization in the OS.
2021-02-04 13:31:13 +01:00
Michael Paquier
c5b286047c Add TABLESPACE option to REINDEX
This patch adds the possibility to move indexes to a new tablespace
while rebuilding them.  Both the concurrent and the non-concurrent cases
are supported, and the following set of restrictions apply:
- When using TABLESPACE with a REINDEX command that targets a
partitioned table or index, all the indexes of the leaf partitions are
moved to the new tablespace.  The tablespace references of the non-leaf,
partitioned tables in pg_class.reltablespace are not changed. This
requires an extra ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE.
- Any index on a toast table rebuilt as part of a parent table is kept
in its original tablespace.
- The operation is forbidden on system catalogs, including trying to
directly move a toast relation with REINDEX.  This results in an error
if doing REINDEX on a single object.  REINDEX SCHEMA, DATABASE and
SYSTEM skip system relations when TABLESPACE is used.

Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
2021-02-04 14:34:20 +09:00
Tom Lane
ba0faf81c6 Remove special BKI_LOOKUP magic for namespace and role OIDs.
Now that commit 62f34097c attached BKI_LOOKUP annotation to all the
namespace and role OID columns in the catalogs, there's no real reason
to have the magic PGNSP and PGUID symbols.  Get rid of them in favor
of implementing those lookups according to genbki.pl's normal pattern.

This means that in the catalog headers, BKI_DEFAULT(PGNSP) becomes
BKI_DEFAULT(pg_catalog), which seems a lot more transparent.
BKI_DEFAULT(PGUID) becomes BKI_DEFAULT(POSTGRES), which is perhaps
less so; but you can look into pg_authid.dat to discover that
POSTGRES is the nonce name for the bootstrap superuser.

This change also means that if we ever need cross-references in the
initial catalog data to any of the other built-in roles besides
POSTGRES, or to some other built-in schema besides pg_catalog,
we can just do it.

No catversion bump here, as there's no actual change in the contents
of postgres.bki.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-02-03 12:01:48 -05:00
Tom Lane
62f34097c8 Build in some knowledge about foreign-key relationships in the catalogs.
This follows in the spirit of commit dfb75e478, which created primary
key and uniqueness constraints to improve the visibility of constraints
imposed on the system catalogs.  While our catalogs contain many
foreign-key-like relationships, they don't quite follow SQL semantics,
in that the convention for an omitted reference is to write zero not
NULL.  Plus, we have some cases in which there are arrays each of whose
elements is supposed to be an FK reference; SQL has no way to model that.
So we can't create actual foreign key constraints to describe the
situation.  Nonetheless, we can collect and use knowledge about these
relationships.

This patch therefore adds annotations to the catalog header files to
declare foreign-key relationships.  (The BKI_LOOKUP annotations cover
simple cases, but we weren't previously distinguishing which such
columns are allowed to contain zeroes; we also need new markings for
multi-column FK references.)  Then, Catalog.pm and genbki.pl are
taught to collect this information into a table in a new generated
header "system_fk_info.h".  The only user of that at the moment is
a new SQL function pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys(), which exposes the
table to SQL.  The oidjoins regression test is rewritten to use
pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys() to find out which columns to check.
Aside from removing the need for manual maintenance of that test
script, this allows it to cover numerous relationships that were not
checked by the old implementation based on findoidjoins.  (As of this
commit, 217 relationships are checked by the test, versus 181 before.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-02-02 17:11:55 -05:00
Tom Lane
479331406e Doc: consistently identify OID catalog columns that can be zero.
Not all OID-reference columns that can contain zeroes (indicating
"no reference") were explicitly marked in catalogs.sgml.  Fix that,
and try to make the style a little more consistent while at it ---
for example, consistently write "zero" not "0" for these cases.

Joel Jacobson and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4ed9a372-7bf9-479a-926c-ae8e774717a8@www.fastmail.com
2021-02-02 16:15:29 -05:00
Tom Lane
9522085ac9 Doc: work a little harder on the initial examples for regex matching.
Writing unnecessary '.*' at start and end of a POSIX regex doesn't
do much except confuse the reader about whether that might be
necessary after all.  Make the examples in table 9.16 a tad more
realistic, and try to turn the next group of examples into something
self-contained.

Per gripe from rmzgrimes.  Back-patch to v13 because it's easy.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161215841824.14653.8969016349304314299@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2021-02-01 16:38:52 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
3696a600e2 SEARCH and CYCLE clauses
This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE
clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or
depth-first search orders and detect cycles.  These clauses can be
rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this
patch does in the rewriter.

Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
2021-02-01 14:32:51 +01:00
Michael Paquier
fe61df7f82 Introduce --with-ssl={openssl} as a configure option
This is a replacement for the existing --with-openssl, extending the
logic to make easier the addition of new SSL libraries.  The grammar is
chosen to be similar to --with-uuid, where multiple values can be
chosen, with "openssl" as the only supported value for now.

The original switch, --with-openssl, is kept for compatibility.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAB21FC8-0F62-434F-AA78-6BD9336D630A@yesql.se
2021-02-01 19:19:44 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov
aa6e46daf5 Throw error when assigning jsonb scalar instead of a composite object
During the jsonb subscripting assignment, the provided path might assume an
object or an array where the source jsonb has a scalar value.  Initial
subscripting assignment logic will skip such an update operation with no
message shown.  This commit makes it throw an error to indicate this type
of situation.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcV8qvGcDXurwwgUbwACV86Th7G80pnubg42e-p9gsSf%3Dg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcX3mdxGCgdThzuySwH-ApyHHM-G4oB1R0fn0j2hZqqkLQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcVDuGBv%3DM0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcVovR%2BXY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov, Pavel Stehule, Dian M Fay
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Chapman Flack, Merlin Moncure, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Jim Nasby, Josh Berkus, Victor Wagner
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Robert Haas, Oleg Bartunov
2021-01-31 23:51:06 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
81fcc72e66 Filling array gaps during jsonb subscripting
This commit introduces two new flags for jsonb assignment:

* JB_PATH_FILL_GAPS: Appending array elements on the specified position, gaps
  are filled with nulls (similar to the JavaScript behavior).  This mode also
  instructs to   create the whole path in a jsonb object if some part of the
  path (more than just the last element) is not present.

* JB_PATH_CONSISTENT_POSITION: Assigning keeps array positions consistent by
  preventing prepending of elements.

Both flags are used only in jsonb subscripting assignment.

Initially proposed by Nikita Glukhov based on polymorphic subscripting
patch, but transformed into an independent change.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcV8qvGcDXurwwgUbwACV86Th7G80pnubg42e-p9gsSf%3Dg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcX3mdxGCgdThzuySwH-ApyHHM-G4oB1R0fn0j2hZqqkLQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcVDuGBv%3DM0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcVovR%2BXY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov, Pavel Stehule, Dian M Fay
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Chapman Flack, Merlin Moncure, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Jim Nasby, Josh Berkus, Victor Wagner
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Robert Haas, Oleg Bartunov
2021-01-31 23:51:01 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
676887a3b0 Implementation of subscripting for jsonb
Subscripting for jsonb does not support slices, does not have a limit for the
number of subscripts, and an assignment expects a replace value to have jsonb
type.  There is also one functional difference between assignment via
subscripting and assignment via jsonb_set().  When an original jsonb container
is NULL, the subscripting replaces it with an empty jsonb and proceeds with
an assignment.

For the sake of code reuse, we rearrange some parts of jsonb functionality
to allow the usage of the same functions for jsonb_set and assign subscripting
operation.

The original idea belongs to Oleg Bartunov.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcV8qvGcDXurwwgUbwACV86Th7G80pnubg42e-p9gsSf%3Dg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcX3mdxGCgdThzuySwH-ApyHHM-G4oB1R0fn0j2hZqqkLQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcVDuGBv%3DM0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcVovR%2BXY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov, Pavel Stehule, Dian M Fay
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Chapman Flack, Merlin Moncure, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Jim Nasby, Josh Berkus, Victor Wagner
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Robert Haas, Oleg Bartunov
2021-01-31 23:50:40 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
6533062244 doc: Clarify status of SELECT INTO on reference page
The documentation as well as source code comments weren't entirely
clear whether SELECT INTO was truly deprecated (thus in theory
destined to be removed eventually), or just a less recommended
variant.  After discussion, it appears that other implementations also
use SELECT INTO in direct SQL in a way similar to PostgreSQL, so it
seems worth keeping it for compatibility.  Update the language in the
documentation to that effect.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/96dc0df3-e13a-a85d-d045-d6e2c85218da%40enterprisedb.com
2021-01-30 11:21:32 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
6aaaa76bb4 Allow GRANTED BY clause in normal GRANT and REVOKE statements
The SQL standard allows a GRANTED BY clause on GRANT and
REVOKE (privilege) statements that can specify CURRENT_USER or
CURRENT_ROLE.  In PostgreSQL, both of these are the default behavior.
Since we already have all the parsing support for this for the
GRANT (role) statement, we might as well add basic support for this
for the privilege variant as well.  This allows us to check off SQL
feature T332.  In the future, perhaps more interesting things could be
done with this, too.

Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9@2ndquadrant.com
2021-01-30 09:45:11 +01:00
Tom Lane
f743a2bbd4 Doc: improve cross-references for SET/SHOW.
The corresponding functions set_config and current_setting were
mostly not hyperlinked.  Clarify their descriptions a tad, too.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161183356250.4077.687338658090583892@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2021-01-29 10:46:14 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov
b41645460a Document behavior of the .** jsonpath accessor in the lax mode
When the .** jsonpath accessor handles the array, it selects both array and
each of its elements.  When using lax mode, subsequent accessors automatically
unwrap arrays.  So, the content of each array element may be selected twice.

Even though this behavior is counterintuitive, it's correct because everything
works as designed.  This commit documents it.

Backpatch to 12 where the jsonpath language was introduced.

Reported-by: Thomas Kellerer
Bug: #16828
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16828-2b0229babfad2d8c%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdtS-nNidT%3DEqZbAYOPcnNOWh_sd6skVdu2CAQUGdvpT8Q%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexandex Korotkov, revised by Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Thomas Kellerer, Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 12
2021-01-29 15:28:07 +03:00
Michael Paquier
2a5862f013 doc: Improve wording of section for repslot statistics
This documentation has been added in 9868167, so no backpatch is
needed.

Author: Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201222041153.GK30237@telsasoft.com
2021-01-29 14:24:49 +09:00
Thomas Munro
5c6d184213 Remove documentation of waiting restore_command.
Following the removal of pg_standby, also remove the documentation
section that describes how to write your own "waiting restore_command"
along the same lines.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201029024412.GP5380%40telsasoft.com
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2021-01-29 14:16:29 +13:00
Thomas Munro
514b411a2b Retire pg_standby.
pg_standby was useful more than a decade ago, but now it is obsolete.
It has been proposed that we retire it many times.  Now seems like a
good time to finally do it, because "waiting restore commands"
are incompatible with a proposed recovery prefetching feature.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201029024412.GP5380%40telsasoft.com
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
2021-01-29 14:09:41 +13:00
Alvaro Herrera
6f5c8a8ec2
Remove bogus restriction from BEFORE UPDATE triggers
In trying to protect the user from inconsistent behavior, commit
487e9861d0 "Enable BEFORE row-level triggers for partitioned tables"
tried to prevent BEFORE UPDATE FOR EACH ROW triggers from moving the row
from one partition to another.  However, it turns out that the
restriction is wrong in two ways: first, it fails spuriously, preventing
valid situations from working, as in bug #16794; and second, they don't
protect from any misbehavior, because tuple routing would cope anyway.

Fix by removing that restriction.

We keep the same restriction on BEFORE INSERT FOR EACH ROW triggers,
though.  It is valid and useful there.  In the future we could remove it
by having tuple reroute work for inserts as it does for updates.

Backpatch to 13.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Phillip Menke <pg@pmenke.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16794-350a655580fbb9ae@postgresql.org
2021-01-28 16:56:07 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
b034ef9b37 Remove gratuitous uses of deprecated SELECT INTO
CREATE TABLE AS has been preferred over SELECT INTO (outside of ecpg
and PL/pgSQL) for a long time.  There were still a few uses of SELECT
INTO in tests and documentation, some old, some more recent.  This
changes them to CREATE TABLE AS.  Some occurrences in the tests remain
where they are specifically testing SELECT INTO parsing or similar.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/96dc0df3-e13a-a85d-d045-d6e2c85218da%40enterprisedb.com
2021-01-28 14:28:41 +01:00
Peter Geoghegan
e19594c5c0 Reduce the default value of vacuum_cost_page_miss.
When commit f425b605 introduced cost based vacuum delays back in 2004,
the defaults reflected then-current trends in hardware, as well as
certain historical limitations in PostgreSQL.  There have been enormous
improvements in both areas since that time.  The cost limit GUC defaults
finally became much more representative of current trends following
commit cbccac37, which decreased autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay's default
by 10x for PostgreSQL 12 (it went from 20ms to only 2ms).

The relative costs have shifted too.  This should also be accounted for
by the defaults.  More specifically, the relative importance of avoiding
dirtying pages within VACUUM has greatly increased, primarily due to
main memory capacity scaling and trends in flash storage.  Within
Postgres itself, improvements like sequential access during index
vacuuming (at least in nbtree and GiST indexes) have also been
contributing factors.

To reflect all this, decrease the default of vacuum_cost_page_miss to 2.
Since the default of vacuum_cost_page_dirty remains 20, dirtying a page
is now considered 10x "costlier" than a page miss by default.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmLPFnkWT8xMjmcsm7YS3+_Qi3iRWAb2+_Bc8UhVyHfuA@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-27 15:11:13 -08:00
Tom Lane
662affcfe9 Doc: improve documentation for UNNEST().
Per a user question, spell out that UNNEST() returns array elements
in storage order; also provide an example to clarify the behavior for
multi-dimensional arrays.

While here, also clarify the SELECT reference page's description of
WITH ORDINALITY.  These details were already given in 7.2.1.4, but
a reference page should not omit details.

Back-patch to v13; there's not room in the table in older versions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FF1FB31F-0507-4F18-9559-2DE6E07E3B43@gmail.com
2021-01-27 12:50:22 -05:00
Michael Paquier
32bef75829 doc: Remove reference to views for TRUNCATE privilege
The page about privilege rights mentioned that TRUNCATE could be applied
to views or even other relation types.  This is confusing as this
command can be used only on tables and on partitioned tables.

Oversight in afc4a78.

Reported-by: Harisai Hari
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161157636877.14625.15340884663716426087@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 12
2021-01-27 13:40:33 +09:00
Tom Lane
d5a83d79c9 Rethink recently-added SPI interfaces.
SPI_execute_with_receiver and SPI_cursor_parse_open_with_paramlist are
new in v14 (cf. commit 2f48ede08).  Before they can get out the door,
let's change their APIs to follow the practice recently established by
SPI_prepare_extended etc: shove all optional arguments into a struct
that callers are supposed to pre-zero.  The hope is to allow future
addition of more options without either API breakage or a continuing
proliferation of new SPI entry points.  With that in mind, choose
slightly more generic names for them: SPI_execute_extended and
SPI_cursor_parse_open respectively.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-26 16:37:12 -05:00
Fujii Masao
411ae64997 postgres_fdw: Add functions to discard cached connections.
This commit introduces two new functions postgres_fdw_disconnect()
and postgres_fdw_disconnect_all(). The former function discards
the cached connections to the specified foreign server. The latter discards
all the cached connections. If the connection is used in the current
transaction, it's not closed and a warning message is emitted.

For example, these functions are useful when users want to explicitly
close the foreign server connections that are no longer necessary and
then to prevent them from eating up the foreign servers connections
capacity.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy, tweaked a bit by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kondratov, Zhijie Hou, Zhihong Yu, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVvrp5=AVp2PupEm+nAC8S4buqR3fJMmaCoc7ftT0aD2A@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-26 15:35:54 +09:00
Tom Lane
ee895a655c Improve performance of repeated CALLs within plpgsql procedures.
This patch essentially is cleaning up technical debt left behind
by the original implementation of plpgsql procedures, particularly
commit d92bc83c4.  That patch (or more precisely, follow-on patches
fixing its worst bugs) forced us to re-plan CALL and DO statements
each time through, if we're in a non-atomic context.  That wasn't
for any fundamental reason, but just because use of a saved plan
requires having a ResourceOwner to hold a reference count for the
plan, and we had no suitable resowner at hand, nor would the
available APIs support using one if we did.  While it's not that
expensive to create a "plan" for CALL/DO, the cycles do add up
in repeated executions.

This patch therefore makes the following API changes:

* GetCachedPlan/ReleaseCachedPlan are modified to let the caller
specify which resowner to use to pin the plan, rather than forcing
use of CurrentResourceOwner.

* spi.c gains a "SPI_execute_plan_extended" entry point that lets
callers say which resowner to use to pin the plan.  This borrows the
idea of an options struct from the recently added SPI_prepare_extended,
hopefully allowing future options to be added without more API breaks.
This supersedes SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist (which I've marked
deprecated) as well as SPI_execute_plan_with_receiver (which is new
in v14, so I just took it out altogether).

* I also took the opportunity to remove the crude hack of letting
plpgsql reach into SPI private data structures to mark SPI plans as
"no_snapshot".  It's better to treat that as an option of
SPI_prepare_extended.

Now, when running a non-atomic procedure or DO block that contains
any CALL or DO commands, plpgsql creates a ResourceOwner that
will be used to pin the plans of the CALL/DO commands.  (In an
atomic context, we just use CurrentResourceOwner, as before.)
Having done this, we can just save CALL/DO plans normally,
whether or not they are used across transaction boundaries.
This seems to be good for something like 2X speedup of a CALL
of a trivial procedure with a few simple argument expressions.
By restricting the creation of an extra ResourceOwner like this,
there's essentially zero penalty in cases that can't benefit.

Pavel Stehule, with some further hacking by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-25 22:28:29 -05:00
Robert Haas
d18e75664a Remove CheckpointLock.
Up until now, we've held this lock when performing a checkpoint or
restartpoint, but commit 076a055acf back
in 2004 and commit 7e48b77b1c from 2009,
taken together, have removed all need for this. In the present code,
there's only ever one process entitled to attempt a checkpoint: either
the checkpointer, during normal operation, or the postmaster, during
single-user operation. So, we don't need the lock.

One possible concern in making this change is that it means that
a substantial amount of code where HOLD_INTERRUPTS() was previously
in effect due to the preceding LWLockAcquire() will now be
running without that. This could mean that ProcessInterrupts()
gets called in places from which it didn't before. However, this
seems unlikely to do very much, because the checkpointer doesn't
have any signal mapped to die(), so it's not clear how,
for example, ProcDiePending = true could happen in the first
place. Similarly with ClientConnectionLost and recovery conflicts.

Also, if there are any such problems, we might want to fix them
rather than reverting this, since running lots of code with
interrupt handling suspended is generally bad.

Patch by me, per an inquiry by Amul Sul. Review by Tom Lane
and Michael Paquier.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97XnBBfYeSREDJorFsyoD1sHgqnNuCi=02mNQBUMnA=FA@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-25 12:34:38 -05:00
Tom Lane
951862eda5 Doc: improve documentation of pg_proc.protrftypes.
Add a "references" link pointing to pg_type, as we have for other arrays
of type OIDs.  Wordsmith the explanation a bit.

Joel Jacobson, additional editing by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d1cc628c-3953-4209-957b-29427acc38c8@www.fastmail.com
2021-01-25 11:20:17 -05:00
Tom Lane
7e57255f61 Doc: clean up contrib/pageinspect's GIST function documentation.
I came to fix the overwidth-PDF-page warnings seen in the buildfarm,
but stayed long enough to copy-edit some nearby text.
2021-01-23 22:40:46 -05:00
Tom Lane
183bbd1b6d Doc: update example connection-failure messages in the documentation.
Now that the dust has more or less settled on 52a10224e and follow-ons,
make sure the examples in the documentation are up-to-date.
2021-01-23 15:50:51 -05:00
Tom Lane
50bebc1ae1 Doc: improve directions for building on macOS.
In light of recent discussions, we should instruct people to
install Apple's command line tools; installing Xcode is secondary.

Also, fix sample command for finding out the default sysroot,
as we now know that the command originally recommended can give
a result that doesn't match your OS version.

Also document the workaround to use if you really don't want
configure to select a sysroot at all.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210119111625.20435-1-james.hilliard1@gmail.com
2021-01-22 18:58:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
58cd8dca3d Avoid redundantly prefixing PQerrorMessage for a connection failure.
libpq's error messages for connection failures pretty well stand on
their own, especially since commits 52a10224e/27a48e5a1.  Prefixing
them with 'could not connect to database "foo"' or the like is just
redundant, and perhaps even misleading if the specific database name
isn't relevant to the failure.  (When it is, we trust that the
backend's error message will include the DB name.)  Indeed, psql
hasn't used any such prefix in a long time.  So, make all our other
programs and documentation examples agree with psql's practice.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1094524.1611266589@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-01-22 16:52:31 -05:00
Tom Lane
7cd9765f9b Re-allow DISTINCT in pl/pgsql expressions.
I'd omitted this from the grammar in commit c9d529848, figuring that
it wasn't worth supporting.  However we already have one complaint,
so it seems that judgment was wrong.  It doesn't require a huge
amount of code, so add it back.  (I'm still drawing the line at
UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT though: those'd require an unreasonable
amount of grammar refactoring, and the single-result-row restriction
makes them near useless anyway.)

Also rethink the documentation: this behavior is a property of
all pl/pgsql expressions, not just assignments.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210122134106.e94c5cd7@mail.verfriemelt.org
2021-01-22 16:26:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
ab66645628 Doc: remove misleading claim in documentation of PQreset().
This text claimed that the reconnection would occur "to the same
server", but there is no such guarantee in the code, nor would
insisting on that be an improvement.

Back-patch to v10 where multi-host connection strings were added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1095901.1611268376@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-01-22 11:29:43 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
0a9ae44288 Remove reference to ftp servers from documentation
It's been a long time since we used ftp, but there was a single
reference left in the docs.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6880D602-7286-46EC-8A03-14E3248FEC7A@yesql.se
2021-01-22 12:49:53 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
29ad6595ef doc: Copy-edit the "Overview of PostgreSQL Internals" chapter
Rephrase a few sentences to be more concise.

Refer to the postmaster process as "postmaster", not "postgres". This
originally said "postmaster process", but was changed to "postgres
process" in commit 5266f221a2, when we merged the "postmaster" and
"postgres" commands, and "postmaster" became just a symlink. That was a
case of overzealous search & replace, because the process is still called
"postmaster".

Author: Erik Rijkers and Jürgen Purtz
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/aa31f359-1168-ded5-53d0-0ed228bfe097%40iki.fi
2021-01-22 11:10:42 +02:00
Tomas Vondra
b663a41363 Implement support for bulk inserts in postgres_fdw
Extends the FDW API to allow batching inserts into foreign tables. That
is usually much more efficient than inserting individual rows, due to
high latency for each round-trip to the foreign server.

It was possible to implement something similar in the regular FDW API,
but it was inconvenient and there were issues with reporting the number
of actually inserted rows etc. This extends the FDW API with two new
functions:

* GetForeignModifyBatchSize - allows the FDW picking optimal batch size

* ExecForeignBatchInsert - inserts a batch of rows at once

Currently, only INSERT queries support batching. Support for DELETE and
UPDATE may be added in the future.

This also implements batching for postgres_fdw. The batch size may be
specified using "batch_size" option both at the server and table level.

The initial patch version was written by me, but it was rewritten and
improved in many ways by Takayuki Tsunakawa.

Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
2021-01-20 23:57:27 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
ad600bba04 psql \dX: list extended statistics objects
The new command lists extended statistics objects. All past releases
with extended statistics are supported.

This is a simplified version of commit 891a1d0bca, which had to be
reverted due to not considering pg_statistic_ext_data is not accessible
by regular users. Fields requiring access to this catalog were removed.
It's possible to add them, but it'll require changes to core.

Author: Tatsuro Yamada
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Alvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra, Noriyoshi Shinoda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c027a541-5856-75a5-0868-341301e1624b%40nttcom.co.jp_1
2021-01-20 22:57:21 +01:00
Thomas Munro
679744cf1b Fix sample output of EXPLAIN ANALYZE.
Since commit f0f13a3a08, we estimate
ModifyTable paths without a RETURNING clause differently.  Update an
example from the manual that showed the old behavior.

Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa <tsunakawa.takay@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB29905674F41693BBA9DA28CAFEA20%40TYAPR01MB2990.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2021-01-20 22:38:24 +13:00
Peter Eisentraut
f18aa1b203 pageinspect: Change block number arguments to bigint
Block numbers are 32-bit unsigned integers.  Therefore, the smallest
SQL integer type that they can fit in is bigint.  However, in the
pageinspect module, most input and output parameters dealing with
block numbers were declared as int.  The behavior with block numbers
larger than a signed 32-bit integer was therefore dubious.  Change
these arguments to type bigint and add some more explicit error
checking on the block range.

(Other contrib modules appear to do this correctly already.)

Since we are changing argument types of existing functions, in order
to not misbehave if the binary is updated before the extension is
updated, we need to create new C symbols for the entry points, similar
to how it's done in other extensions as well.

Reported-by: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d8f6bdd536df403b9b33816e9f7e0b9d@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
2021-01-19 11:03:38 +01:00
Fujii Masao
ee79a548e7 doc: Add note about the server name of postgres_fdw_get_connections() returns.
Previously the document didn't mention the case where
postgres_fdw_get_connections() returns NULL in server_name column.
Users might be confused about why NULL was returned.

This commit adds the note that, in postgres_fdw_get_connections(),
the server name of an invalid connection will be NULL if the server is dropped.

Suggested-by: Zhijie Hou
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Zhijie Hou, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e7ddd14e96444fce88e47a709c196537@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
2021-01-19 15:04:58 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
9e7dbe3369 doc: adjust alignment of doc file list for "pg_waldump.sgml"
Backpatch-through: 10
2021-01-18 18:48:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
a6cf3df4eb Add bytea equivalents of ltrim() and rtrim().
We had bytea btrim() already, but for some reason not the other two.

Joel Jacobson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d10cd5cd-a901-42f1-b832-763ac6f7ff3a@www.fastmail.com
2021-01-18 15:11:32 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
15251c0a60 Pause recovery for insufficient parameter settings
When certain parameters are changed on a physical replication primary,
this is communicated to standbys using the XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE WAL
record.  The standby then checks whether its own settings are at least
as big as the ones on the primary.  If not, the standby shuts down
with a fatal error.

This patch changes this behavior for hot standbys to pause recovery at
that point instead.  That allows read traffic on the standby to
continue while database administrators figure out next steps.  When
recovery is unpaused, the server shuts down (as before).  The idea is
to fix the parameters while recovery is paused and then restart when
there is a maintenance window.

Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4ad69a4c-cc9b-0dfe-0352-8b1b0cd36c7b@2ndquadrant.com
2021-01-18 09:04:04 +01:00
Fujii Masao
708d165ddb postgres_fdw: Add function to list cached connections to foreign servers.
This commit adds function postgres_fdw_get_connections() to return
the foreign server names of all the open connections that postgres_fdw
established from the local session to the foreign servers. This function
also returns whether each connection is valid or not.

This function is useful when checking all the open foreign server connections.
If we found some connection to drop, from the result of function, probably
we can explicitly close them by the function that upcoming commit will add.

This commit bumps the version of postgres_fdw to 1.1 since it adds
new function.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy, tweaked by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Zhijie Hou, Alexey Kondratov, Zhihong Yu, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2d5cb0b3-a6e8-9bbb-953f-879f47128faa@oss.nttdata.com
2021-01-18 15:11:08 +09:00
Magnus Hagander
cf621d9d84 Add documentation chapter about checksums
Data checksums did not have a longer discussion in the docs,
this adds a short section with an overview.

Extracted from the larger patch for on-line enabling of checksums, which
has many more authors and reviewers.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander, Michael Banck (and others through the big patch)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5ff49fa4.1c69fb81.658f3.04ac@mx.google.com
2021-01-17 15:31:23 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
1db0d173a2 Revert "psql \dX: list extended statistics objects"
Reverts 891a1d0bca, because the new  psql command \dX only worked for
users users who can read pg_statistic_ext_data catalog, and most regular
users lack that privilege (the catalog may contain sensitive user data).

Reported-by: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c027a541-5856-75a5-0868-341301e1624b%40nttcom.co.jp_1
2021-01-17 15:11:14 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
e09155bd62 Add --no-instructions parameter to initdb
Specifying this parameter removes the informational messages about how
to start the server. This is intended for use by wrappers in different
packaging systems, where those instructions would most likely be wrong
anyway, but the other output from initdb would still be useful (and thus
just redirecting everything to /dev/null would be bad).

Author: Magnus Hagander
Reviewed-By: Peter Eisentraut
Discusion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEzo4t5bmTXF0_B9WzmuWpVbMpkNZZiGvzV8NZa-=fPqeQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-17 14:34:41 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
960869da08 Add pg_stat_database counters for sessions and session time
This add counters for number of sessions, the different kind of session
termination types, and timers for how much time is spent in active vs
idle in a database to pg_stat_database.

Internally this also renames the parameter "force" to disconnect. This
was the only use-case for the parameter before, so repurposing it to
this mroe narrow usecase makes things cleaner than inventing something
new.

Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander, Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b07e1f9953701b90c66ed368656f2aef40cac4fb.camel@cybertec.at
2021-01-17 13:52:31 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
891a1d0bca psql \dX: list extended statistics objects
The new command lists extended statistics objects, possibly with their
sizes. All past releases with extended statistics are supported.

Author: Tatsuro Yamada
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Alvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c027a541-5856-75a5-0868-341301e1624b%40nttcom.co.jp_1
2021-01-17 00:16:45 +01:00
Jeff Davis
a32d98351e Documenation fixups for replication protocol.
There is no CopyResponse message; it should be CopyOutResponse.

Also, if there is no WAL to stream, the server does not immediately
send a CommandComplete; it's a historical timeline, so it will send a
response tuple first.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0a2c985ebcaa1acd385350aeba561b6509187394.camel@j-davis.com
2021-01-16 14:40:12 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera
ebfe2dbd6b
Prevent drop of tablespaces used by partitioned relations
When a tablespace is used in a partitioned relation (per commits
ca4103025d in pg12 for tables and 33e6c34c32 in pg11 for indexes),
it is possible to drop the tablespace, potentially causing various
problems.  One such was reported in bug #16577, where a rewriting ALTER
TABLE causes a server crash.

Protect against this by using pg_shdepend to keep track of tablespaces
when used for relations that don't keep physical files; we now abort a
tablespace if we see that the tablespace is referenced from any
partitioned relations.

Backpatch this to 11, where this problem has been latent all along.  We
don't try to create pg_shdepend entries for existing partitioned
indexes/tables, but any ones that are modified going forward will be
protected.

Note slight behavior change: when trying to drop a tablespace that
contains both regular tables as well as partitioned ones, you'd
previously get ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE and now you'll
get ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST.  Arguably, the latter is more
correct.

It is possible to add protecting pg_shdepend entries for existing
tables/indexes, by doing
  ALTER TABLE ONLY some_partitioned_table SET TABLESPACE pg_default;
  ALTER TABLE ONLY some_partitioned_table SET TABLESPACE original_tablespace;
for each partitioned table/index that is not in the database default
tablespace.  Because these partitioned objects do not have storage, no
file needs to be actually moved, so it shouldn't take more time than
what's required to acquire locks.

This query can be used to search for such relations:
SELECT ... FROM pg_class WHERE relkind IN ('p', 'I') AND reltablespace <> 0

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16577-881633a9f9894fd5@postgresql.org
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2021-01-14 15:32:14 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
93c39f987e
Call out vacuum considerations in create index docs
Backpatch to pg12, which is as far as it goes without conflicts.

Author: James Coleman <jtc331@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: "David G. Johnston" <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe9oEfbz7AxXq7OX+FFVi5w5p1e_Of8ON8ZnKO9QqBfmjg@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-13 17:55:41 -03:00
Tom Lane
c21ea4d53e Disallow a digit as the first character of a variable name in pgbench.
The point of this restriction is to avoid trying to substitute variables
into timestamp literal values, which may contain strings like '12:34'.

There is a good deal more that should be done to reduce pgbench's
tendency to substitute where it shouldn't.  But this is sufficient to
solve the case complained of by Jaime Soler, and it's simple enough
to back-patch.

Back-patch to v11; before commit 9d36a3866, pgbench had a slightly
different definition of what a variable name is, and anyway it seems
unwise to change long-stable branches for this.

Fabien Coelho

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.22.394.2006291740420.805678@pseudo
2021-01-13 14:52:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
06ed235ade Doc: clarify behavior of back-half options in pg_dump.
Options that change how the archive data is converted to SQL text
are ignored when dumping to archive formats.  The documentation
previously said "not meaningful", which is not helpful.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161052021249.12228.9598689907884726185@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2021-01-13 13:30:04 -05:00
Peter Geoghegan
d168b66682 Enhance nbtree index tuple deletion.
Teach nbtree and heapam to cooperate in order to eagerly remove
duplicate tuples representing dead MVCC versions.  This is "bottom-up
deletion".  Each bottom-up deletion pass is triggered lazily in response
to a flood of versions on an nbtree leaf page.  This usually involves a
"logically unchanged index" hint (these are produced by the executor
mechanism added by commit 9dc718bd).

The immediate goal of bottom-up index deletion is to avoid "unnecessary"
page splits caused entirely by version duplicates.  It naturally has an
even more useful effect, though: it acts as a backstop against
accumulating an excessive number of index tuple versions for any given
_logical row_.  Bottom-up index deletion complements what we might now
call "top-down index deletion": index vacuuming performed by VACUUM.
Bottom-up index deletion responds to the immediate local needs of
queries, while leaving it up to autovacuum to perform infrequent clean
sweeps of the index.  The overall effect is to avoid certain
pathological performance issues related to "version churn" from UPDATEs.

The previous tableam interface used by index AMs to perform tuple
deletion (the table_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() function) has been
replaced with a new interface that supports certain new requirements.
Many (perhaps all) of the capabilities added to nbtree by this commit
could also be extended to other index AMs.  That is left as work for a
later commit.

Extend deletion of LP_DEAD-marked index tuples in nbtree by adding logic
to consider extra index tuples (that are not LP_DEAD-marked) for
deletion in passing.  This increases the number of index tuples deleted
significantly in many cases.  The LP_DEAD deletion process (which is now
called "simple deletion" to clearly distinguish it from bottom-up
deletion) won't usually need to visit any extra table blocks to check
these extra tuples.  We have to visit the same table blocks anyway to
generate a latestRemovedXid value (at least in the common case where the
index deletion operation's WAL record needs such a value).

Testing has shown that the "extra tuples" simple deletion enhancement
increases the number of index tuples deleted with almost any workload
that has LP_DEAD bits set in leaf pages.  That is, it almost never fails
to delete at least a few extra index tuples.  It helps most of all in
cases that happen to naturally have a lot of delete-safe tuples.  It's
not uncommon for an individual deletion operation to end up deleting an
order of magnitude more index tuples compared to the old naive approach
(e.g., custom instrumentation of the patch shows that this happens
fairly often when the regression tests are run).

Add a further enhancement that augments simple deletion and bottom-up
deletion in indexes that make use of deduplication: Teach nbtree's
_bt_delitems_delete() function to support granular TID deletion in
posting list tuples.  It is now possible to delete individual TIDs from
posting list tuples provided the TIDs have a tableam block number of a
table block that gets visited as part of the deletion process (visiting
the table block can be triggered directly or indirectly).  Setting the
LP_DEAD bit of a posting list tuple is still an all-or-nothing thing,
but that matters much less now that deletion only needs to start out
with the right _general_ idea about which index tuples are deletable.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.

No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since there are no changes to the on-disk
representation of nbtree indexes.  Indexes built on PostgreSQL 12 or
PostgreSQL 13 will automatically benefit from bottom-up index deletion
(i.e. no reindexing required) following a pg_upgrade.  The enhancement
to simple deletion is available with all B-Tree indexes following a
pg_upgrade, no matter what PostgreSQL version the user upgrades from.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm+maE3apHB8NOtmM=p-DO65j2V5GzAWCOEEuy3JZgb2g@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-13 09:21:32 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan
9dc718bdf2 Pass down "logically unchanged index" hint.
Add an executor aminsert() hint mechanism that informs index AMs that
the incoming index tuple (the tuple that accompanies the hint) is not
being inserted by execution of an SQL statement that logically modifies
any of the index's key columns.

The hint is received by indexes when an UPDATE takes place that does not
apply an optimization like heapam's HOT (though only for indexes where
all key columns are logically unchanged).  Any index tuple that receives
the hint on insert is expected to be a duplicate of at least one
existing older version that is needed for the same logical row.  Related
versions will typically be stored on the same index page, at least
within index AMs that apply the hint.

Recognizing the difference between MVCC version churn duplicates and
true logical row duplicates at the index AM level can help with cleanup
of garbage index tuples.  Cleanup can intelligently target tuples that
are likely to be garbage, without wasting too many cycles on less
promising tuples/pages (index pages with little or no version churn).

This is infrastructure for an upcoming commit that will teach nbtree to
perform bottom-up index deletion.  No index AM actually applies the hint
just yet.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=CEKFa74EScx_hFVshCOn6AA5T-ajFASTdzipdkLTNQQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-13 08:11:00 -08:00
Fujii Masao
39b03690b5 Log long wait time on recovery conflict when it's resolved.
This is a follow-up of the work done in commit 0650ff2303. This commit
extends log_recovery_conflict_waits so that a log message is produced
also when recovery conflict has already been resolved after deadlock_timeout
passes, i.e., when the startup process finishes waiting for recovery
conflict after deadlock_timeout. This is useful in investigating how long
recovery conflicts prevented the recovery from applying WAL.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
2021-01-13 22:59:17 +09:00
Magnus Hagander
e6eeb8d799 Remove incorrect markup
Seems 737d69ffc3 made a copy/paste or automation error resulting in two
extra right-parenthesis.

Reported-By: Michael Vastola
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161051035421.12224.1741822783166533529@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2021-01-13 11:07:37 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
756ab29124 Add functions to 'pageinspect' to inspect GiST indexes.
Author: Andrey Borodin and me
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3E4F9093-A1B5-4DF8-A292-0B48692E3954%40yandex-team.ru
2021-01-13 10:33:33 +02:00
Tom Lane
cc865c0f31 Doc: fix description of privileges needed for ALTER PUBLICATION.
Adding a table to a publication requires ownership of the table
(in addition to ownership of the publication).  This was mentioned
nowhere.
2021-01-12 12:52:14 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
01334c92fa doc: expand description of how non-SELECT queries are processed
The previous description of how the executor processes non-SELECT
queries was very dense, causing lack of clarity.  This expanded text
spells it out more simply.

Reported-by: fotis.koutoupas@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/160912275508.676.17469511338925622905@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2021-01-09 12:11:16 -05:00
Tomas Vondra
ebb5457cfa Minor fixes in COPY progress docs
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFp7Qwr6_FmRM6pCO0x_a0mymOfX_Gg+FEKet4XaTGSW=LitKQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-07 17:33:00 +01:00
Fujii Masao
0650ff2303 Add GUC to log long wait times on recovery conflicts.
This commit adds GUC log_recovery_conflict_waits that controls whether
a log message is produced when the startup process is waiting longer than
deadlock_timeout for recovery conflicts. This is useful in determining
if recovery conflicts prevent the recovery from applying WAL.

Note that currently a log message is produced only when recovery conflict
has not been resolved yet even after deadlock_timeout passes, i.e.,
only when the startup process is still waiting for recovery conflict
even after deadlock_timeout.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
2021-01-08 00:47:03 +09:00
Tom Lane
9877374bef Add idle_session_timeout.
This GUC variable works much like idle_in_transaction_session_timeout,
in that it kills sessions that have waited too long for a new client
query.  But it applies when we're not in a transaction, rather than
when we are.

Li Japin, reviewed by David Johnston and Hayato Kuroda, some
fixes by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/763A0689-F189-459E-946F-F0EC4458980B@hotmail.com
2021-01-06 18:28:52 -05:00
Tomas Vondra
8a4f618e7a Report progress of COPY commands
This commit introduces a view pg_stat_progress_copy, reporting progress
of COPY commands.  This allows rough estimates how far a running COPY
progressed, with the caveat that the total number of bytes may not be
available in some cases (e.g. when the input comes from the client).

Author: Josef Šimánek
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Bharath Rupireddy, Vignesh C, Matthias van de Meent
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFp7QwqMGEi4OyyaLEK9DR0+E+oK3UtA4bEjDVCa4bNkwUY2PQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFp7Qwr6_FmRM6pCO0x_a0mymOfX_Gg+FEKet4XaTGSW=LitKQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-06 21:51:06 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
4656e3d668 Replace CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS with run-time GUC
Forced cache invalidation (CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS) has been impractical
to use for testing in PostgreSQL because it's so slow and because it's
toggled on/off only at build time.  It is helpful when hunting bugs in
any code that uses the sycache/relcache because causes cache
invalidations to be injected whenever it would be possible for an
invalidation to occur, whether or not one was really pending.

Address this by providing run-time control over cache clobber
behaviour using the new debug_invalidate_system_caches_always GUC.
Support is not compiled in at all unless assertions are enabled or
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is explicitly defined at compile time.  It
defaults to 0 if compiled in, so it has negligible effect on assert
build performance by default.

When support is compiled in, test code can now set
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always=1 locally to a backend to test
specific queries, functions, extensions, etc.  Or tests can toggle it
globally for a specific test case while retaining normal performance
during test setup and teardown.

For backwards compatibility with existing test harnesses and scripts,
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always defaults to 1 if
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS is defined, and to 3 if CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVE
is defined.

CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is now visible in pg_config_manual.h, as is the
related RECOVER_RELATION_BUILD_MEMORY setting for the relcache.

Author: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAMsr+YF=+ctXBZj3ywmvKNUjWpxmuTuUKuv-rgbHGX5i5pLstQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-06 10:46:44 +01:00
Fujii Masao
25dde58357 doc: Fix description about default behavior of recovery_target_timeline.
The default value of recovery_target_timeline was changed in v12,
but the description about the default behavior of that was not updated.

Back-patch to v12 where the default behavior of recovery_target_timeline
was changed.

Author: Benoit Lobréau
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPE8EZ7c3aruEmM24GYkj8y8WmHKD1m9TtPtgCF0nQ3zw4LCkQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-06 11:58:23 +09:00
Tom Lane
bf8a662c9a Introduce a new GUC_REPORT setting "in_hot_standby".
Aside from being queriable via SHOW, this value is sent to the client
immediately at session startup, and again later on if the server gets
promoted to primary during the session.  The immediate report will be
used in an upcoming patch to avoid an extra round trip when trying to
connect to a primary server.

Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Tom Lane; reviewed at various times
by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-05 16:18:05 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
47b2ed1d06 doc: improve NLS instruction wording
Reported-by: "Tang, Haiying"

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bbbccf7a3c2d436e85d45869d612fd6b@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local

Author: "Tang, Haiying"

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2021-01-05 14:26:37 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
854434c50a doc: Document how to run regression tests with custom server settings
Author: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAMsr+YF=+ctXBZj3ywmvKNUjWpxmuTuUKuv-rgbHGX5i5pLstQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-05 08:17:40 +01:00
Tom Lane
c9d5298485 Re-implement pl/pgsql's expression and assignment parsing.
Invent new RawParseModes that allow the core grammar to handle
pl/pgsql expressions and assignments directly, and thereby get rid
of a lot of hackery in pl/pgsql's parser.  This moves a good deal
of knowledge about pl/pgsql into the core code: notably, we have to
invent a CoercionContext that matches pl/pgsql's (rather dubious)
historical behavior for assignment coercions.  That's getting away
from the original idea of pl/pgsql as an arm's-length extension of
the core, but really we crossed that bridge a long time ago.

The main advantage of doing this is that we can now use the core
parser to generate FieldStore and/or SubscriptingRef nodes to handle
assignments to pl/pgsql variables that are records or arrays.  That
fixes a number of cases that had never been implemented in pl/pgsql
assignment, such as nested records and array slicing, and it allows
pl/pgsql assignment to support the datatype-specific subscripting
behaviors introduced in commit c7aba7c14.

There are cosmetic benefits too: when a syntax error occurs in a
pl/pgsql expression, the error report no longer includes the confusing
"SELECT" keyword that used to get prefixed to the expression text.
Also, there seem to be some small speed gains.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-01-04 11:52:00 -05:00
Tom Lane
844fe9f159 Add the ability for the core grammar to have more than one parse target.
This patch essentially allows gram.y to implement a family of related
syntax trees, rather than necessarily always parsing a list of SQL
statements.  raw_parser() gains a new argument, enum RawParseMode,
to say what to do.  As proof of concept, add a mode that just parses
a TypeName without any other decoration, and use that to greatly
simplify typeStringToTypeName().

In addition, invent a new SPI entry point SPI_prepare_extended() to
allow SPI users (particularly plpgsql) to get at this new functionality.
In hopes of making this the last variant of SPI_prepare(), set up its
additional arguments as a struct rather than direct arguments, and
promise that future additions to the struct can default to zero.
SPI_prepare_cursor() and SPI_prepare_params() can perhaps go away at
some point.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-01-04 11:03:22 -05:00
Amit Kapila
a271a1b50e Allow decoding at prepare time in ReorderBuffer.
This patch allows PREPARE-time decoding of two-phase transactions (if the
output plugin supports this capability), in which case the transactions
are replayed at PREPARE and then committed later when COMMIT PREPARED
arrives.

Now that we decode the changes before the commit, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).

We detect such failures with a special sqlerrcode
ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK introduced by commit 7259736a6e and stop
decoding the remaining changes. Then we rollback the changes when rollback
prepared is encountered.

Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila based on previous work by Nikhil Sontakke and Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, Arseny Sher, and Dilip Kumar
Tested-by: Takamichi Osumi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/02DA5F5E-CECE-4D9C-8B4B-418077E2C010@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeqEpWj3fTXwqhSwBdXd2RS9jzwWscO-XbeCfso6ts3+Q@mail.gmail.com
2021-01-04 08:34:50 +05:30
Bruce Momjian
ca3b37487b Update copyright for 2021
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2021-01-02 13:06:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
4d3f03f422 Doc: improve explanation of EXTRACT(EPOCH) for timestamp without tz.
Try to be clearer about what computation is actually happening here.

Per bug #16797 from Dana Burd.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16797-f264b0b980b53b8b@postgresql.org
2021-01-01 15:51:09 -05:00
Tom Lane
319f4d54e8 Doc: spell out comparison behaviors for the date/time types.
The behavior of cross-type comparisons among date/time data types was
not really explained anywhere.  You could probably infer it if you
recognized the applicability of comments elsewhere about datatype
conversions, but it seems worthy of explicit documentation.

Per bug #16797 from Dana Burd.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16797-f264b0b980b53b8b@postgresql.org
2020-12-30 17:48:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
860fe27ee1 Fix up usage of krb_server_keyfile GUC parameter.
secure_open_gssapi() installed the krb_server_keyfile setting as
KRB5_KTNAME unconditionally, so long as it's not empty.  However,
pg_GSS_recvauth() only installed it if KRB5_KTNAME wasn't set already,
leading to a troubling inconsistency: in theory, clients could see
different sets of server principal names depending on whether they
use GSSAPI encryption.  Always using krb_server_keyfile seems like
the right thing, so make both places do that.  Also fix up
secure_open_gssapi()'s lack of a check for setenv() failure ---
it's unlikely, surely, but security-critical actions are no place
to be sloppy.

Also improve the associated documentation.

This patch does nothing about secure_open_gssapi()'s use of setenv(),
and indeed causes pg_GSS_recvauth() to use it too.  That's nominally
against project portability rules, but since this code is only built
with --with-gssapi, I do not feel a need to do something about this
in the back branches.  A fix will be forthcoming for HEAD though.

Back-patch to v12 where GSSAPI encryption was introduced.  The
dubious behavior in pg_GSS_recvauth() goes back further, but it
didn't have anything to be inconsistent with, so let it be.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2187460.1609263156@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-12-30 11:38:42 -05:00
Amit Kapila
0aa8a01d04 Extend the output plugin API to allow decoding of prepared xacts.
This adds six methods to the output plugin API, adding support for
streaming changes of two-phase transactions at prepare time.

* begin_prepare
* filter_prepare
* prepare
* commit_prepared
* rollback_prepared
* stream_prepare

Most of this is a simple extension of the existing methods, with the
semantic difference that the transaction is not yet committed and maybe
aborted later.

Until now two-phase transactions were translated into regular transactions
on the subscriber, and the GID was not forwarded to it. None of the
two-phase commands were communicated to the subscriber.

This patch provides the infrastructure for logical decoding plugins to be
informed of two-phase commands Like PREPARE TRANSACTION, COMMIT PREPARED
and ROLLBACK PREPARED commands with the corresponding GID.

This also extends the 'test_decoding' plugin, implementing these new
methods.

This commit simply adds these new APIs and the upcoming patch to "allow
the decoding at prepare time in ReorderBuffer" will use these APIs.

Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila based on previous work by Nikhil Sontakke and Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, and Dilip Kumar
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/02DA5F5E-CECE-4D9C-8B4B-418077E2C010@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeqEpWj3fTXwqhSwBdXd2RS9jzwWscO-XbeCfso6ts3+Q@mail.gmail.com
2020-12-30 16:17:26 +05:30
Tom Lane
f20dc2c8dd Doc: fix up PDF build warnings from over-width table columns.
Addition of multirange info to tables 8.27 and 65.1 made them start
throwing "exceed the available area" warnings in PDF docs builds.

For 8.27, twiddling the existing column width hints was enough to
fix this.  For 65.1, I twiddled the widths a little, but to really
fix it I had to insert a space after each comma in the table, to
allow a line break to occur there.  (This seemed easier to read
and maintain than the alternative of inserting &zwsp; entities.)

Per buildfarm.
2020-12-29 20:44:03 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov
db6335b5b1 Add support of multirange matching to the existing range GiST indexes
6df7a9698b has introduced a set of operators between ranges and multiranges.
Existing GiST indexes for ranges could easily support majority of them.
This commit adds support for new operators to the existing range GiST indexes.
New operators resides the same strategy numbers as existing ones.  Appropriate
check function is determined using the subtype.

Catversion is bumped.
2020-12-29 23:36:43 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
4d7684cc75 Implement operators for checking if the range contains a multirange
We have operators for checking if the multirange contains a range but don't
have the opposite.  This commit improves completeness of the operator set by
adding two new operators: @> (anyrange,anymultirange) and
<@(anymultirange,anyrange).

Catversion is bumped.
2020-12-29 23:35:33 +03:00
Michael Paquier
1b3433e25f doc: Improve description of min_dynamic_shared_memory
While on it, fix one oversight in 90fbf7c, that introduced a reference
to an incorrect value for the compression level of pg_dump.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJRTLWWPcQfjm_xaOk98M8aROK903X92O0x-4vLJPWrrA@mail.gmail.com
2020-12-29 16:49:14 +09:00
Tom Lane
622ae4621e Fix assorted issues in backend's GSSAPI encryption support.
Unrecoverable errors detected by GSSAPI encryption can't just be
reported with elog(ERROR) or elog(FATAL), because attempting to
send the error report to the client is likely to lead to infinite
recursion or loss of protocol sync.  Instead make this code do what
the SSL encryption code has long done, which is to just report any
such failure to the server log (with elevel COMMERROR), then pretend
we've lost the connection by returning errno = ECONNRESET.

Along the way, fix confusion about whether message translation is done
by pg_GSS_error() or its callers (the latter should do it), and make
the backend version of that function work more like the frontend
version.

Avoid allocating the port->gss struct until it's needed; we surely
don't need to allocate it in the postmaster.

Improve logging of "connection authorized" messages with GSS enabled.
(As part of this, I back-patched the code changes from dc11f31a1.)

Make BackendStatusShmemSize() account for the GSS-related space that
will be allocated by CreateSharedBackendStatus().  This omission
could possibly cause out-of-shared-memory problems with very high
max_connections settings.

Remove arbitrary, pointless restriction that only GSS authentication
can be used on a GSS-encrypted connection.

Improve documentation; notably, document the fact that libpq now
prefers GSS encryption over SSL encryption if both are possible.

Per report from Mikael Gustavsson.  Back-patch to v12 where
this code was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5b0b6ed05764324a2f3fe7acfc766d5@smhi.se
2020-12-28 17:44:17 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
3187ef7c46 Revert "Add key management system" (978f869b99) & later commits
The patch needs test cases, reorganization, and cfbot testing.
Technically reverts commits 5c31afc49d..e35b2bad1a (exclusive/inclusive)
and 08db7c63f3..ccbe34139b.

Reported-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1ktAAG-0002V2-VB@gemulon.postgresql.org
2020-12-27 21:37:42 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ccbe34139b initdb: document that -K requires an argument
Reported-by: "Shinoda, Noriyoshi"

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TU4PR8401MB1152E92B4D44C81E496D6032EEDB0@TU4PR8401MB1152.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM

Author: "Shinoda, Noriyoshi"

Backpatch-through: msater
2020-12-26 10:00:05 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
3d4843babc doc: fix SGML markup for pg_alterckey from commit 62afb42a7f
Backpatch-through: master
2020-12-26 01:10:24 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
82f8c45be5 pg_alterckey: adjust doc build and Win32 sleep/open build fails
Fix for commit 62afb42a7f.

Reported-by: Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1252111.1608953815@sss.pgh.pa.us

Backpatch-through: master
2020-12-25 22:47:16 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
300e430c76 Allow ssl_passphrase_command to prompt the terminal
Previously the command could not access the terminal for a passphrase.

Backpatch-through: master
2020-12-25 20:41:06 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
62afb42a7f Add pg_alterckey utility to change the cluster key
This can change the key that encrypts the data encryption keys used for
cluster file encryption.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201202213814.GG20285@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: master
2020-12-25 20:24:53 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
26d60f2a6c fixes docs and missing initdb help option for commit 978f869b99
Reported-by: Erik Rijkers

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a27e7bb60fc4c4a1fe960f7b055ba822@xs4all.nl

Backpatch-through: master
2020-12-25 14:00:22 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
978f869b99 Add key management system
This adds a key management system that stores (currently) two data
encryption keys of length 128, 192, or 256 bits.  The data keys are
AES256 encrypted using a key encryption key, and validated via GCM
cipher mode.  A command to obtain the key encryption key must be
specified at initdb time, and will be run at every database server
start.  New parameters allow a file descriptor open to the terminal to
be passed.  pg_upgrade support has also been added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k7q5o6Nc_AaX6BcYM9yqTbC6_pnH-6nSD=54Zp6NBQTCQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201202213814.GG20285@momjian.us

Author: Masahiko Sawada, me, Stephen Frost
2020-12-25 10:19:44 -05:00
Michael Paquier
90fbf7c57d Fix typos and grammar in docs and comments
This fixes several areas of the documentation and some comments in
matters of style, grammar, or even format.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201222041153.GK30237@telsasoft.com
2020-12-24 17:05:49 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
6ecf488d91 dummy commit 2020-12-23 09:33:20 -05:00
Tom Lane
ff5d5611c0 Remove "invalid concatenation of jsonb objects" error case.
The jsonb || jsonb operator arbitrarily rejected certain combinations
of scalar and non-scalar inputs, while being willing to concatenate
other combinations.  This was of course quite undocumented.  Rather
than trying to document it, let's just remove the restriction,
creating a uniform rule that unless we are handling an object-to-object
concatenation, non-array inputs are converted to one-element arrays,
resulting in an array-to-array concatenation.  (This does not change
the behavior for any case that didn't throw an error before.)

Per complaint from Joel Jacobson.  Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/163099.1608312033@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-12-21 13:11:50 -05:00
Tom Lane
eea1e08cfc Doc: fix description of how to use src/tutorial files.
The separate "cd" command before invoking psql made sense (or at least
I thought so) when it was added in commit ed1939332.  But 4e3a61635
removed the supporting text that explained when to use it, making it
just confusing.  So drop it.

Also switch from four-dot to three-dot filler for the unsupplied
part of the path, since at least one person has read the four-dot
filler as a typo for "../..".  And fix these/those inconsistency.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/160837647714.673.5195186835607800484@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-12-20 15:28:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
1990ce186e Doc: improve description of pgbench script weights.
Point out the workaround to be used if you want to write a script
file name that includes "@".  Clean up the text a little.

Fabien Coelho, additional wordsmithing by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1c4e81550d214741827a03292222db8d@G08CNEXMBPEKD06.g08.fujitsu.local
2020-12-20 13:37:25 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov
6df7a9698b Multirange datatypes
Multiranges are basically sorted arrays of non-overlapping ranges with
set-theoretic operations defined over them.

Since v14, each range type automatically gets a corresponding multirange
datatype.  There are both manual and automatic mechanisms for naming multirange
types.  Once can specify multirange type name using multirange_type_name
attribute in CREATE TYPE.  Otherwise, a multirange type name is generated
automatically.  If the range type name contains "range" then we change that to
"multirange".  Otherwise, we add "_multirange" to the end.

Implementation of multiranges comes with a space-efficient internal
representation format, which evades extra paddings and duplicated storage of
oids.  Altogether this format allows fetching a particular range by its index
in O(n).

Statistic gathering and selectivity estimation are implemented for multiranges.
For this purpose, stored multirange is approximated as union range without gaps.
This field will likely need improvements in the future.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vSUpQ_Y%3DjXvTxt1VYFztaBSsWVXeF1y6gTYQ4bOiWDLgQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a0b8026459d1e6167933be2104a6174e7d40d0ab.camel%40j-davis.com#fe7218c83b08068bfffb0c5293eceda0
Author: Paul Jungwirth, revised by me
Reviewed-by: David Fetter, Corey Huinker, Jeff Davis, Pavel Stehule
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Isaac Morland, David G. Johnston
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu, Alexander Korotkov
2020-12-20 07:20:33 +03:00
Fujii Masao
2e0fedf036 pg_stat_statements: Track time at which all statistics were last reset.
This commit adds "stats_reset" column into the pg_stat_statements_info
view. This column indicates the time at which all statistics in the
pg_stat_statements view were last reset.

Per discussion, this commit also changes pg_stat_statements_info code
so that "dealloc" column is reset at the same time as "stats_reset" is reset,
i.e., whenever all pg_stat_statements entries are removed, for the sake
of consistency. Previously "dealloc" was reset only when
pg_stat_statements_reset(0, 0, 0) is called and was not reset when
pg_stat_statements_reset() with non-zero value argument discards all
entries. This was confusing.

Author: Naoki Nakamichi, Yuki Seino
Reviewed-by: Yuki Seino, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Li Japin, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c102cf3180d0ee73c1c5a0f7f8558322@oss.nttdata.com
2020-12-18 10:49:58 +09:00
Michael Paquier
bce641a2af doc: Fix explanation related to pg_shmem_allocations
Offsets are shown as NULL only for anonymous allocations.

Author: Benoit Lobréau
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPE8EZ5Lnoyqoz7aZpvQM0E8sW+hw+k6G2NULe+m4arFRrA1aA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2020-12-16 10:36:03 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
02c767b0fe doc: clarify COPY TO for partitioning/inheritance
It was not clear how COPY TO behaved with partitioning/inheritance
because the paragraphs were so far apart.  Also reword to simplify.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201203211723.GR24052@telsasoft.com

Author: Justin Pryzby

Backpatch-through: 10
2020-12-15 19:20:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
0ec5f7e782 Allow subscripting of hstore values.
This is basically a finger exercise to prove that it's possible for
an extension module to add subscripting ability.  Subscripted fetch
from an hstore is not different from the existing "hstore -> text"
operator.  Subscripted update does seem to be a little easier to
use than the traditional update method using hstore concatenation,
but it's not a fundamentally new ability.

However, there may be some value in the code as sample code, since
it shows what's basically the minimum-complexity way to implement
subscripting when one needn't consider nested container objects.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3724341.1607551174@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-12-11 18:58:21 -05:00
Tom Lane
8c15a29745 Allow ALTER TYPE to update an existing type's typsubscript value.
This is essential if we'd like to allow existing extension data types
to support subscripting in future, since dropping and recreating the
type isn't a practical thing for an extension upgrade script, and
direct manipulation of pg_type isn't a great answer either.

There was some discussion about also allowing alteration of typelem,
but it's less clear whether that's a good idea or not, so for now
I forebore.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3724341.1607551174@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-12-11 18:58:21 -05:00
Tom Lane
c7aba7c14e Support subscripting of arbitrary types, not only arrays.
This patch generalizes the subscripting infrastructure so that any
data type can be subscripted, if it provides a handler function to
define what that means.  Traditional variable-length (varlena) arrays
all use array_subscript_handler(), while the existing fixed-length
types that support subscripting use raw_array_subscript_handler().
It's expected that other types that want to use subscripting notation
will define their own handlers.  (This patch provides no such new
features, though; it only lays the foundation for them.)

To do this, move the parser's semantic processing of subscripts
(including coercion to whatever data type is required) into a
method callback supplied by the handler.  On the execution side,
replace the ExecEvalSubscriptingRef* layer of functions with direct
calls to callback-supplied execution routines.  (Thus, essentially
no new run-time overhead should be caused by this patch.  Indeed,
there is room to remove some overhead by supplying specialized
execution routines.  This patch does a little bit in that line,
but more could be done.)

Additional work is required here and there to remove formerly
hard-wired assumptions about the result type, collation, etc
of a SubscriptingRef expression node; and to remove assumptions
that the subscript values must be integers.

One useful side-effect of this is that we now have a less squishy
mechanism for identifying whether a data type is a "true" array:
instead of wiring in weird rules about typlen, we can look to see
if pg_type.typsubscript == F_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_HANDLER.  For this
to be bulletproof, we have to forbid user-defined types from using
that handler directly; but there seems no good reason for them to
do so.

This patch also removes assumptions that the number of subscripts
is limited to MAXDIM (6), or indeed has any hard-wired limit.
That limit still applies to types handled by array_subscript_handler
or raw_array_subscript_handler, but to discourage other dependencies
on this constant, I've moved it from c.h to utils/array.h.

Dmitry Dolgov, reviewed at various times by Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov,
Peter Eisentraut, Pavel Stehule

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVDuGBv=M0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVovR+XY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA@mail.gmail.com
2020-12-09 12:40:37 -05:00
Tom Lane
a676386b58 Remove operator_precedence_warning.
This GUC was always intended as a temporary solution to help with
finding 9.4-to-9.5 migration issues.  Now that all pre-9.5 branches
are out of support, and 9.5 will be too before v14 is released,
it seems like it's okay to drop it.  Doing so allows removal of
several hundred lines of poorly-tested code in parse_expr.c,
which have been a fertile source of bugs when people did use this.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2234320.1607117945@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-12-08 16:29:52 -05:00
Tom Lane
f2a69b352d Doc: clarify that CREATE TABLE discards redundant unique constraints.
The SQL standard says that redundant unique constraints are disallowed,
but we long ago decided that throwing an error would be too
user-unfriendly, so we just drop redundant ones.  The docs weren't very
clear about that though, as this behavior was only explained for PRIMARY
KEY vs UNIQUE, not UNIQUE vs UNIQUE.

While here, I couldn't resist doing some copy-editing and markup-fixing
on the adjacent text about INCLUDE options.

Per bug #16767 from Matthias vd Meent.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16767-1714a2056ca516d0@postgresql.org
2020-12-08 13:09:47 -05:00
Tom Lane
9a2641911a Doc: explain that the string types can't store \0 (ASCII NUL).
This restriction was mentioned in connection with string literals,
but it wasn't made clear that it's a general restriction not just
a syntactic limitation in query strings.

Per unsigned documentation comment.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/160720552914.710.16625261471128631268@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-12-08 12:06:19 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
3f8971d92e doc: remove unnecessary blank before command option text
Backpatch-through: 11
2020-12-03 11:33:24 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
a659e789b7 docs: list single-letter options first in command-line summary
In a few places, the long-version options were listed before the
single-letter ones in the command summary of a few commands.  This
didn't match other commands, and didn't match the option ordering later
in the same reference page.

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-12-03 10:28:58 -05:00
Michael Paquier
b5913f6120 Refactor CLUSTER and REINDEX grammar to use DefElem for option lists
This changes CLUSTER and REINDEX so as a parenthesized grammar becomes
possible for options, while unifying the grammar parsing rules for
option lists with the existing ones.

This is a follow-up of the work done in 873ea9e for VACUUM, ANALYZE and
EXPLAIN.  This benefits REINDEX for a potential backend-side filtering
for collatable-sensitive indexes and TABLESPACE, while CLUSTER would
benefit from the latter.

Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
2020-12-03 10:13:21 +09:00
Fujii Masao
01469241b2 Track total number of WAL records, FPIs and bytes generated in the cluster.
Commit 6b466bf5f2 allowed pg_stat_statements to track the number of
WAL records, full page images and bytes that each statement generated.
Similarly this commit allows us to track the cluster-wide WAL statistics
counters.

New columns wal_records, wal_fpi and wal_bytes are added into the
pg_stat_wal view, and reports the total number of WAL records,
full page images and bytes generated in the , respectively.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Movead Li, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/35ef960128b90bfae3b3fdf60a3a860f@oss.nttdata.com
2020-12-02 13:00:15 +09:00
Fujii Masao
942305a363 Allow restore_command parameter to be changed with reload.
This commit changes restore_command from PGC_POSTMASTER to PGC_SIGHUP.

As the side effect of this commit, restore_command can be reset to
empty during archive recovery. In this setting, archive recovery
tries to replay only WAL files available in pg_wal directory. This is
the same behavior as when the command that always fails is specified
in restore_command.

Note that restore_command still must be specified (not empty) when
starting archive recovery, even after applying this commit. This is
necessary as the safeguard to prevent users from forgetting to
specify restore_command and starting archive recovery.

Thanks to Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier, Andres Freund,
Robert Haas and Anastasia Lubennikova for discussion.

Author: Sergei Kornilov
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2317771549527294@sas2-985f744271ca.qloud-c.yandex.net
2020-12-02 11:00:15 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
415dc20096 docs: ulink all references to RFC's
Make sure that the first mentions of RFC's are ulinked to their ietf.org
entry, and subsequent ones are marked as acronyms. This makes references
to RFC's consistent across the documentation.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2C697878-4D01-4F06-8312-2FEDE931E973%40yesql.se
2020-12-01 14:36:30 +02:00
Fujii Masao
0a4db67b5e doc: Add additional index entries for progress reporting views.
In the docs, the index entries for progress reporting views link to
the "Viewing Statistics" section, but previously they did not link to
the dedicated section (e.g., "ANALYZE Progress Reporting") for
each view. This was inconvenient when finding the section describing
the detailed information about each view, from the index.
This commit adds additional index entries linking to those dedicated
sections.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Shinya Kato
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e49c2768-65d2-188a-5424-270fa29ccc84@oss.nttdata.com
2020-12-01 17:19:23 +09:00
Michael Paquier
8a17f44c1e doc: Remove more notes about compatibilities with past versions
This is a follow-up of the work done in fa42c2e, that did not include
all the fixes previously agreed on.  The contents removed here can be
confusing to the reader as they refer to rather old server versions.

Author: Stephen Frost, Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas, Yaroslav Schekin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=jYHgnxLLZSNJz7gBTck4TxomngCmGkw3nEMSNF0yL6wA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1599765595731-0.post@n3.nabble.com
2020-12-01 16:32:26 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
58ebe967f8
Document concurrent indexes waiting on each other
Because regular CREATE INDEX commands are independent, and there's no
logical data dependency, it's not immediately obvious that transactions
held by concurrent index builds on one table will block the second phase
of concurrent index creation on an unrelated table, so document this
caveat.

Backpatch this all the way back.  In branch master, mention that only
some indexes are involved.

Author: James Coleman <jtc331@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Johnston <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe994=PUrn8CJZ4UEo_S-FfRr_3ogERyhtdgHAb2WG_Ufg@mail.gmail.com
2020-11-30 18:24:55 -03:00
Tom Lane
4823c4f6ac Remove configure-time probe for DocBook DTD.
Checking for DocBook being installed was valuable when we were on the
OpenSP docs toolchain, because that was rather hard to get installed
fully.  Nowadays, as long as you have xmllint and xsltproc installed,
you're good, because those programs will fetch the DocBook files off
the net at need.  Moreover, testing this at configure time means that
a network access may well occur whether or not you have any interest
in building the docs later.  That can be slow (typically 2 or 3
seconds, though much higher delays have been reported), and it seems
not very nice to be doing an off-machine access without warning, too.

Hence, drop the PGAC_CHECK_DOCBOOK probe, and adjust related
documentation.  Without that macro, there's not much left of
config/docbook.m4 at all, so I just removed it.

Back-patch to v11, where we started to use xmllint in the
PGAC_CHECK_DOCBOOK probe.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E2EE6B76-2D96-408A-B961-CAE47D1A86F0@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A55A7FC9-FA60-47FE-98B5-139CDC57CE6E@gmail.com
2020-11-30 15:24:13 -05:00
Tom Lane
d5e2bdf7dd Doc: clarify behavior of PQconnectdbParams().
The documentation omitted the critical tidbit that a keyword-array entry
is simply ignored if its corresponding value-array entry is NULL or an
empty string; it will *not* override any previously-obtained value for
the parameter.  (See conninfo_array_parse().)  I'd supposed that would
force the setting back to default, which is what led me into bug #16746;
but it doesn't.

While here, I couldn't resist the temptation to do some copy-editing,
both in the description of PQconnectdbParams() and in the section
about connection URI syntax.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/931505.1606618746@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-11-29 13:58:30 -05:00
Fujii Masao
9fbc3f318d pg_stat_statements: Track number of times pgss entries were deallocated.
If more distinct statements than pg_stat_statements.max are observed,
pg_stat_statements entries about the least-executed statements are
deallocated. This commit enables us to track the total number of times
those entries were deallocated. That number can be viewed in the
pg_stat_statements_info view that this commit adds. It's useful when
tuning pg_stat_statements.max parameter. If it's high, i.e., the entries
are deallocated very frequently, which might cause the performance
regression and we can increase pg_stat_statements.max to avoid those
frequent deallocations.

The pg_stat_statements_info view is intended to display the statistics
of pg_stat_statements module itself. Currently it has only one column
"dealloc" indicating the number of times entries were deallocated.
But an upcoming patch will add other columns (for example, the time
at which pg_stat_statements statistics were last reset) into the view.

Author: Katsuragi Yuta, Yuki Seino
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d9f1107772cf5c3f954e985464c7298@oss.nttdata.com
2020-11-26 21:18:05 +09:00
Fujii Masao
4a36eab79a doc: Add description about re-analysis and re-planning of a prepared statement.
A prepared statement is re-analyzed and re-planned whenever database
objects used in the statement have undergone definitional changes or
the planner statistics of them have been updated. The former has been
documented from before, but the latter was not previously. This commit
adds the description about the latter case into the docs.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3ac82f4817c9fe274a905c8a38d87bd9@oss.nttdata.com
2020-11-26 16:17:10 +09:00
Tom Lane
85b4ba7342 Doc: minor improvements for section 11.2 "Index Types".
Break the per-index-type discussions into <sect2>'s so as to make
them more visually separate and easier to find.  Improve the markup,
and make a couple of small wording adjustments.

This also fixes one stray reference to the now-deprecated point
operators <^ and >^.

Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, reviewed by David Johnston and Jürgen Purtz

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/877dukhvzg.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2020-11-25 14:04:28 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2fbd786c34 doc: Fix typos
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20201121194105.GO24784@telsasoft.com
2020-11-25 09:49:00 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
c9f0624bc2 Add support for abstract Unix-domain sockets
This is a variant of the normal Unix-domain sockets that don't use the
file system but a separate "abstract" namespace.  At the user
interface, such sockets are represented by names starting with "@".
Supported on Linux and Windows right now.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dee8574-b0ad-fc49-9c8c-2edc796f0033@2ndquadrant.com
2020-11-25 08:33:57 +01:00
Fujii Masao
e522024bd8 doc: Get rid of unnecessary space character from some index items.
Previously some index items have " ," (i.e., space + comma) in the docs
as follows. Since the space character before the comma is unnecessary,
this commit gets rid of that for the sake of consistency with other
index items.

   parallel_leader_participation configuration parameter , Other Planner Options

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e87b4ddf-1498-2850-bf55-519df3928fd4@oss.nttdata.com
2020-11-24 17:00:16 +09:00
Tom Lane
0cc9932788 Rename the "point is strictly above/below point" comparison operators.
Historically these were called >^ and <^, but that is inconsistent
with the similar box, polygon, and circle operators, which are named
|>> and <<| respectively.  Worse, the >^ and <^ names are used for
*not* strict above/below tests for the box type.

Hence, invent new operators following the more common naming.  The
old operators remain available for now, and are still accepted by
the relevant index opclasses too.  But there's a deprecation notice,
so maybe we can get rid of them someday.

Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by Pavel Borisov

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24348.1587444160@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-11-23 11:38:37 -05:00
Michael Paquier
878f3a19c6 Remove INSERT privilege check at table creation of CTAS and matview
As per discussion with Peter Eisentraunt, the SQL standard specifies
that any tuple insertion done as part of CREATE TABLE AS happens without
any extra ACL check, so it makes little sense to keep a check for INSERT
privileges when using WITH DATA.  Materialized views are not part of the
standard, but similarly, this check can be confusing as this refers to
an access check on a table created within the same command as the one
that would insert data into this table.

This commit removes the INSERT privilege check for WITH DATA, the
default, that 846005e removed partially, but only for WITH NO DATA.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d049c272-9a47-d783-46b0-46665b011598@enterprisedb.com
2020-11-21 19:45:30 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
a47834db0f doc: Improve tableoid description
Mention that it's useful for determining table names for partitioned
tables as well as for those in inheritance hierarchies.

Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick <barwick@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAB8KJ=gFmBXP=P9htziOj+WM5PDAK4qc7iGQta+8kUh306kQnw@mail.gmail.com
2020-11-21 08:26:20 +01:00
Thomas Munro
ca051d8b10 Add collation versions for FreeBSD.
On FreeBSD 13, use querylocale() to read the current version of libc
collations.  Similar to commits 352f6f2d for Windows and d5ac14f9 for
GNU/Linux.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-11-20 21:49:57 +13:00
Tom Lane
926fa801ac Remove undocumented IS [NOT] OF syntax.
This feature was added a long time ago, in 7c1e67bd5 and eb121ba2c,
but never documented in any user-facing way.  (Documentation added
in 6126d3e70 was commented out almost immediately, in 8272fc3f7.)
That's because, while this syntax is defined by SQL:99, our
implementation is only vaguely related to the standard's semantics.
The standard appears to intend a run-time not parse-time test, and
it definitely intends that the test should understand subtype
relationships.

No one has stepped up to fix that in the intervening years, but
people keep coming across the code and asking why it's not documented.
Let's just get rid of it: if anyone ever wants to make it work per
spec, they can easily recover whatever parts of this code are still
of value from our git history.

If there's anyone out there who's actually using this despite its
undocumented status, they can switch to using pg_typeof() instead,
eg. "pg_typeof(something) = 'mytype'::regtype".  That gives
essentially the same semantics as what our IS OF code did.
(We didn't have that function last time this was discussed, or
we would have ripped out IS OF then.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZ2pTc-DSkOiTfjauqLYkNREeNZvWmeg12Q-_69D+sYZA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BAY20-F23E9F2B4DAB3E4E88D3623F99B0@phx.gbl
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3E7CF81D.1000203@joeconway.com
2020-11-19 17:39:39 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
01e658fa74 Hash support for row types
Add hash functions for the record type as well as a hash operator
family and operator class for the record type.  This enables all the
hash functionality for the record type such as hash-based plans for
UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT DISTINCT, recursive queries using UNION
DISTINCT, hash joins, and hash partitioning.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/38eccd35-4e2d-6767-1b3c-dada1eac3124%402ndquadrant.com
2020-11-19 09:32:47 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dfab7f2f94 docs: Clarify that signal functions have no feedback.
Bug #16652 complains that pg_reload_conf() returned true, even though
the configuration file contained errors. That's the way pg_reload_conf()
works, by design, but the documentation wasn't very clear on it. Clarify
that a 'true' return value only means that the signal was sent
successfully. Also add links to the system views that can be used to
check the configuration files for errors.

David G. Johnston, with some rewording by me.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAKFQuwax6GxhUQEes0D045UtXG-fBraM39_6UMd5JyR5K1HWCQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-11-18 10:28:50 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
62b50ad698 doc: update bgwriter description
This clarifies exactly what the bgwriter does, which should help with
tuning.

Reported-by: Chris Wilson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/160399562040.7809.7335281028960123489@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-11-16 13:13:43 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
8ad06bcbe1 doc: clarify how to find pg_type_d.h in the install tree
Followup to patch 152ed04799.

Reported-by: Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201112202900.GA28098@alvherre.pgsql

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-11-16 12:36:17 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
481f9dc3dc doc: improve wording of the need for analyze of exp. indexes
This is a followup commit on 3370207986.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201112211143.GL30691@telsasoft.com

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-11-16 10:26:17 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
bcbd771332
Fix typo
Introduced in 90fdc259866e; backpatch to 12.

Author: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e92b3fba98a0c0f7afc0a2a37e765954@xs4all.nl
2020-11-16 10:54:11 -03:00
Alexander Korotkov
7adb8feb0f Reword 'simple comparison' => 'inequality' in pgtrgm.sgml
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU%3D1zxfA8_MGBW6sJMj54p8nPoe4bMb5LoG-rMYZVPq4j08Q%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Jeff Janes
2020-11-16 09:09:07 +03:00
Michael Paquier
846005e4f3 Relax INSERT privilege requirement for CTAS and matviews WITH NO DATA
When specified, WITH NO DATA does not insert any data into the relation
created, so skip checking for the insert permissions.  With WITH DATA or
WITH NO DATA, it is always required for the user to have CREATE
privileges on the schema targeted for the relation.

Note that plain CREATE TABLE AS or CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW queries have
begun to work accidentally without INSERT privilege checks as of
874fe3ae, while using EXECUTE or EXPLAIN ANALYZE would fail with the ACL
check, so this makes the behavior for all the command flavors consistent
with each other.  This is arguably a bug fix, but there have been no
complaints about the current behavior either so stable branches are not
changed.

While on it, document properly the privileges requirements for each
commands with more tests for all the scenarios possible, and avoid a
useless bulk-insert allocation when using WITH NO DATA.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWc3N8j0_9nMPz9wcAUnVcdKHzFdDZJ3hVFNEbqtcyG9w@mail.gmail.com
2020-11-16 11:52:40 +09:00
Tom Lane
29d29d652f Fix fuzzy thinking about amcanmulticol versus amcaninclude.
These flags should be independent: in particular an index AM should
be able to say that it supports include columns without necessarily
supporting multiple key columns.  The included-columns patch got
this wrong, possibly aided by the fact that it didn't bother to
update the documentation.

While here, clarify some text about amcanreturn, which was a little
vague about what should happen when amcanreturn reports that only
some of the index columns are returnable.

Noted while reviewing the SP-GiST included-columns patch, which
quite incorrectly (and unsafely) changed SP-GiST to claim
amcanmulticol = true as a workaround for this bug.

Backpatch to v11 where included columns were introduced.
2020-11-15 16:10:58 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov
b7edb5d96e Add missing 'the' to pgtrgm.sgml
Author: Erik Rijkers
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159fba265fe7c37334640fdc0444cc4b%40xs4all.nl
2020-11-15 14:01:22 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
935f666650 Handle equality operator in contrib/pg_trgm
Obviously, in order to equality operator be satisfiable, target string must
contain all the trigrams of the search string.  On this base, we implement
equality operator in GiST/GIN indexes with recheck.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_YWwtT7tdggtROacjdOdeYHCz-tmSwuC-j-TOG-g97J0w%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov, Georgios Kokolatos, Erik Rijkers
2020-11-15 08:52:35 +03:00
Tom Lane
92bf7e2d02 Provide the OR REPLACE option for CREATE TRIGGER.
This is mostly straightforward.  However, we disallow replacing
constraint triggers or changing the is-constraint property; perhaps
that can be added later, but the complexity versus benefit tradeoff
doesn't look very good.

Also, no special thought is taken here for whether replacing an
existing trigger should result in changes to queued-but-not-fired
trigger actions.  We just document that if you're surprised by the
results, too bad, don't do that.  (Note that any such pending trigger
activity would have to be within the current session.)

Takamichi Osumi, reviewed at various times by Surafel Temesgen,
Peter Smith, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DDF369B45A1B44B8A687ED43F06557C010BC362@G01JPEXMBYT03
2020-11-14 17:05:34 -05:00
Tom Lane
dbca94510c Doc: improve partitioning discussion in ddl.sgml.
This started with the intent to explain that range upper bounds
are exclusive, which previously you could only find out by reading
the CREATE TABLE man page.  But I soon found that section 5.11
really could stand a fair amount of editorial attention.  It's
apparently been revised several times without much concern for
overall flow, nor careful copy-editing.

Back-patch to v11, which is as far as the patch goes easily.

Per gripe from Edson Richter.  Thanks to David Johnston for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM6PR13MB3988736CF8F5DC5720440231CFE60@DM6PR13MB3988.namprd13.prod.outlook.com
2020-11-14 13:09:53 -05:00
Tom Lane
ec0294fb2c Support negative indexes in split_part().
This provides a handy way to get, say, the last field of the string.
Use of a negative index in this way has precedent in the nearby
left() and right() functions.

The implementation scans the string twice when N < -1, but it seems
likely that N = -1 will be the huge majority of actual use cases,
so I'm not really excited about adding complexity to avoid that.

Nikhil Benesch, reviewed by Jacob Champion; cosmetic tweakage by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cbb7f861-6162-3a51-9823-97bc3aa0b638@gmail.com
2020-11-13 13:49:48 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
152ed04799 doc: clarify where to find pg_type_d.h (PG 11+) and pg_type.h
These files are in compiled directories and install directories.

Reported-by: e.indrupskaya@postgrespro.ru

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/160379609706.24746.7506163279454026608@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-11-12 15:13:02 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
3370207986 docs: mention that expression indexes need analyze
Expression indexes can't benefit from pre-computed statistics on
columns.

Reported-by: Nikolay Samokhvalov

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANNMO++5rw9RDA=p40iMVbMNPaW6O=S0AFzTU=KpYHRpCd1voA@mail.gmail.com

Author: Nikolay Samokhvalov, modified

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-11-12 15:00:44 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
66a8f09048 change wire protocol data type for history file content
This was marked as BYTEA, but is more like TEXT, which is how we already
pass the history timeline file name.  Internally, we don't do any
encoding or bytea escape handling, but TEXT seems closest.  This should
cause no behavioral change.

Reported-by: Brar Piening

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6a1b9cd9-17e3-df67-be55-86102af6bdf5@gmx.de

Backpatch-through: master
2020-11-12 14:08:59 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9c4f5192f6 Allow pg_rewind to use a standby server as the source system.
Using a hot standby server as the source has not been possible, because
pg_rewind creates a temporary table in the source system, to hold the
list of file ranges that need to be fetched. Refactor it to queue up the
file fetch requests in pg_rewind's memory, so that the temporary table
is no longer needed.

Also update the logic to compute 'minRecoveryPoint' correctly, when the
source is a standby server.

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0c5b3783-af52-3ee5-f8fa-6e794061f70d%40iki.fi
2020-11-12 14:52:24 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
b8b6a0124b doc: fix spelling "connction" to "connection"
Was wrong in commit 1a9388bd0f.

Reported-by: Tom Lane, Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201102063333.GE22691@telsasoft.com

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-11-10 19:18:35 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
d2e4bf688e Remove -o option to postmaster
This option was declared obsolete many years ago.

Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEyOE=9CQwZm2j=vwP5+6OLCSoxn9pBjK8gyRdkTzMfqtQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-11-10 13:15:01 +01:00
Tom Lane
24b83a5082 Doc: clarify data type behavior of COALESCE and NULLIF.
After studying the code, NULLIF is a lot more subtle than you might
have guessed.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/160486028730.25500.15740897403028593550@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-11-09 12:02:46 -05:00
Fujii Masao
ef60de67eb doc: Add note about pg_settings and customized options into catalogs.sgml.
The pg_settings view does not display customized options until
the extension module that defines them has been loaded. This commit
add the note about that behavior, into the docs.

Author: John Naylor
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsGsBZsG=cLM0Op5HFb2Ks6SzJrOc_eRO_jcKSNuqFRKnQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-11-09 15:10:26 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
bdc4edbea6 Move catalog index declarations
Move the system catalog index declarations from catalog/indexing.h to
the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h files.  The original
reason for having it split was that the old genbki system produced the
output in the order of the catalog files it read, so all the indexing
stuff needed to come separately.  But this is no longer the case, and
keeping it together makes more sense.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
2020-11-07 12:26:24 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
b4c9695e79 Move catalog toast table declarations
Move the system catalog toast table declarations from
catalog/toasting.h to the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h
files.  The original reason for having it split was that the old
genbki system produced the output in the order of the catalog files it
read, so all the toasting stuff needed to come separately.  But this
is no longer the case, and keeping it together makes more sense.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
2020-11-07 12:26:24 +01:00
Tom Lane
eeda7f6338 Revert "Accept relations of any kind in LOCK TABLE".
Revert 59ab4ac32, as well as the followup fix 33862cb9c, in all
branches.  We need to think a bit harder about what the behavior
of LOCK TABLE on views should be, and there's no time for that
before next week's releases.  We'll take another crack at this
later.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16703-e348f58aab3cf6cc@postgresql.org
2020-11-06 16:17:56 -05:00
Tom Lane
9e38c2bb50 Declare assorted array functions using anycompatible not anyelement.
Convert array_append, array_prepend, array_cat, array_position,
array_positions, array_remove, array_replace, and width_bucket
to use anycompatiblearray.  This is a simple extension of commit
5c292e6b9 to hit some other places where there's a pretty obvious
gain in usability from doing so.

Ideally we'd also modify other functions taking multiple old-style
polymorphic arguments.  But most of the remainder are tied into one
or more operator classes, making any such change a much larger can of
worms than I desire to open right now.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77675130-89da-dab1-51dd-492c93dcf5d1@postgresfriends.org
2020-11-04 16:09:55 -05:00
Tom Lane
5c292e6b90 Declare lead() and lag() using anycompatible not anyelement.
This allows use of a "default" expression that doesn't slavishly
match the data column's type.  Formerly you got something like
"function lag(numeric, integer, integer) does not exist", which
is not just unhelpful but actively misleading.

The SQL spec suggests that the default should be coerced to the data
column's type, but this implementation instead chooses the common
supertype, which seems at least as reasonable.

(Note: I took the opportunity to run "make reformat-dat-files" on
pg_proc.dat, so this commit includes some cosmetic changes to
recently-added entries that aren't related to lead/lag.)

Vik Fearing

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77675130-89da-dab1-51dd-492c93dcf5d1@postgresfriends.org
2020-11-04 15:08:37 -05:00
Michael Paquier
e152506ade Revert pg_relation_check_pages()
This reverts the following set of commits, following complaints about
the lack of portability of the central part of the code in bufmgr.c as
well as the use of partition mapping locks during page reads:
c780a7a9
f2b88396
b787d4ce
ce7f772c
60a51c6b

Per discussion with Andres Freund, Robert Haas and myself.

Bump catalog version.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201029181729.2nrub47u7yqncsv7@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-11-04 10:21:46 +09:00
Tom Lane
d907bd0543 Allow users with BYPASSRLS to alter their own passwords.
The intention in commit 491c029db was to require superuserness to
change the BYPASSRLS property, but the actual effect of the coding
in AlterRole() was to require superuserness to change anything at all
about a BYPASSRLS role.  Other properties of a BYPASSRLS role should
be changeable under the same rules as for a normal role, though.

Fix that, and also take care of some documentation omissions related
to BYPASSRLS and REPLICATION role properties.

Tom Lane and Stephen Frost, per bug report from Wolfgang Walther.
Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a5548a9f-89ee-3167-129d-162b5985fcf8@technowledgy.de
2020-11-03 15:41:32 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2f70fdb064 Remove deprecated containment operators for built-in types
Remove old containment operators @ and ~ for built-in geometry data
types.  These have been deprecated; use <@ and @> instead.

(Some contrib modules still contain the same deprecated operators.
That will be dealt with separately.)

Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20201027032511.GF9241@telsasoft.com
2020-11-03 10:43:12 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
5d1833f414 Use be_tls_* API for SSL information in sslinfo
sslinfo was passing the Port->ssl member directly to OpenSSL in order
to extract information regarding the connection. This breaks the API
provided by the backend TLS implementation, as well as duplicates code
for no benefit. Rewrite to make use of the backend API as much as
possible.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2020-11-03 09:47:36 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
5b3dca096f Clarify temporary table name shadowing in CREATE TABLE docs
Author: David Johnston
2020-11-02 15:00:24 +01:00
Thomas Munro
257836a755 Track collation versions for indexes.
Record the current version of dependent collations in pg_depend when
creating or rebuilding an index.  When accessing the index later, warn
that the index may be corrupted if the current version doesn't match.

Thanks to Douglas Doole, Peter Eisentraut, Christoph Berg, Laurenz Albe,
Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Tom Lane and others for very helpful
discussion.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier versions)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-11-03 01:19:50 +13:00
Thomas Munro
cd6f479e79 Add pg_depend.refobjversion.
Provide a place for the version of referenced database objects to be
recorded.  A follow-up commit will use this to record dependencies on
collation versions for indexes, but similar ideas for other kinds of
objects have also been mooted.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-11-03 00:44:59 +13:00
Thomas Munro
7d1297df08 Remove pg_collation.collversion.
This model couldn't be extended to cover the default collation, and
didn't have any information about the affected database objects when the
version changed.  Remove, in preparation for a follow-up commit that
will add a new mechanism.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-11-03 00:44:59 +13:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8ef2a5afdf doc: Mention UNION/ORDER BY etc. keywords in section headers.
Most of the section and sub-section headers in the Queries chapter have
the keywords literally stated, but neither "Sorting Rows" nor "Combining
Rows" did. There's no rule that they must be, but it seems like a good
practice. The keywords will ring a bell to anyone with with even a little
bit of SQL experience.

David G. Johnston, per suggestion by bilge@scriptfusion.com

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/159981394174.31338.7014519396749859167%40wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-11-02 12:51:46 +02:00
Michael Paquier
8a15e735be Fix some grammar and typos in comments and docs
The documentation fixes are backpatched down to where they apply.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201031020801.GD3080@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6
2020-11-02 15:14:41 +09:00
Tom Lane
b401fa206d Doc: clarify description for pg_constraint.convalidated.
Jimmy Angelakos

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABgVKCW_zPnvFXn24FTF0299_yU6+1p6JRUc0xpiZFWEXH1_jg@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-30 10:38:49 -04:00
Amit Kapila
8e90ec5580 Track statistics for streaming of changes from ReorderBuffer.
This adds the statistics about transactions streamed to the decoding
output plugin from ReorderBuffer. Users can query the
pg_stat_replication_slots view to check these stats and call
pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of a particular slot.
Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset stats of
all the slots.

Commit 9868167500 has added the basic infrastructure to capture the stats
of slot and this commit extends the statistics collector to track
additional information about slots.

Bump the catversion as we have added new columns in the catalog entry.

Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+chpEomLzgSoky-D31qev19AmECNiEAietPQUGEFhtVA@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-29 09:11:51 +05:30
Tom Lane
b787d4ce6d Doc: clean up pg_relation_check_pages() documentation.
Commit f2b883969 did not get the memo about the new formatting
style for tables documenting built-in functions.  I noticed because
of a PDF build warning about an overwidth table.
2020-10-28 17:03:05 -04:00
Tom Lane
4c49d8fc15 Doc: clean up verify_heapam() documentation.
I started with the intention of just suppressing a PDF build warning
by removing the example output, but ended up doing more: correcting
factual errors in the function's signature, moving a bunch of
generalized handwaving into the "Using amcheck Effectively" section
which seemed a better place for it, and improving wording and markup
a little bit.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/732904.1603728748@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-10-28 16:31:40 -04:00
Michael Paquier
f2b8839695 Add pg_relation_check_pages() to check on-disk pages of a relation
This makes use of CheckBuffer() introduced in c780a7a, adding a SQL
wrapper able to do checks for all the pages of a relation.  By default,
all the fork types of a relation are checked, and it is possible to
check only a given relation fork.  Note that if the relation given in
input has no physical storage or is temporary, then no errors are
generated, allowing full-database checks when coupled with a simple scan
of pg_class for example.  This is not limited to clusters with data
checksums enabled, as clusters without data checksums can still apply
checks on pages using the page headers or for the case of a page full of
zeros.

This function returns a set of tuples consisting of:
- The physical file where a broken page has been detected (without the
segment number as that can be AM-dependent, which can be guessed from
the block number for heap).  A relative path from PGPATH is used.
- The block number of the broken page.

By default, only superusers have an access to this function but
execution rights can be granted to other users.

The feature introduced here is still minimal, and more improvements
could be done, like:
- Addition of a start and end block number to run checks on a range
of blocks, which would apply only if one fork type is checked.
- Addition of some progress reporting.
- Throttling, with configuration parameters in function input or
potentially some cost-based GUCs.

Regression tests are added for positive cases in the main regression
test suite, and TAP tests are added for cases involving the emulation of
page corruptions.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aVvMjQn=ge5qPiJOPMmOj5=ii3st5Q0Y+WuLML5sR17w@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-28 12:15:00 +09:00
Amit Kapila
9e0f87a495 Minor improvements in description of spilled counters in pg_stat_replication_slots view.
Per a suggestion by Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-28 07:32:11 +05:30
Tom Lane
8d132b2850 Doc: improve explanation of how to use our code coverage infrastructure.
The reference to running "make coverage" in a subdirectory was a
bit obscure, so clarify what happens when you do that.  Do a little
desultory copy-editing, too.

Per a question from Peter Smith.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pu0r3AjRSyu5E0v2-zRj8r24OSrkWs3fEBxOuaw1i8DKA@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-27 14:31:12 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
59ab4ac324
Accept relations of any kind in LOCK TABLE
The restriction that only tables and views can be locked by LOCK TABLE
is quite arbitrary, since the underlying mechanism can lock any relation
type.  Drop the restriction so that programs such as pg_dump can lock
all relations they're interested in, preventing schema changes that
could cause a dump to fail after expending much effort.

Backpatch to 9.5.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reported-by: Wells Oliver <wells.oliver@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201021200659.GA32358@alvherre.pgsql
2020-10-27 13:49:19 -03:00
Bruce Momjian
4066b64290 docs: remove reference to src/tools/thread
This directory and the ability to build the thread test independently
were removed in commit 8a2121185b.

Reported-by: e.indrupskaya@postgrespro.ru

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/160379609706.24746.7506163279454026608@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-10-27 12:43:11 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
8fed2eadb8 doc: Fix order of protocol messages in listing
Move GSSENCRequest to the correct alphabetical position.
2020-10-27 08:43:35 +01:00
Amit Kapila
2f0760c9ff Update description of spilled counters in pg_stat_replication_slots view.
This is to make the description of spilled counters clear.

Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-27 08:22:39 +05:30
Bruce Momjian
2f17fe4318 doc: simplify wording of function error affects
Reported-by: bob.henkel@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/160324449781.693.8298142858847611071@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-10-26 22:38:11 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e9661f2b0f doc: make blooms docs match reality
Parallel execution changed the way bloom queries are executed, so update
the EXPLAIN output, and restructure the docs to be clearer and more
accurate.

Reported-by: Daniel Westermann

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZR0P278MB0122119FAE78721A694C30C8D2340@ZR0P278MB0122.CHEP278.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM

Author: Daniel Westermann and me

Backpatch-through: 9.6
2020-10-26 19:17:05 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fa42c2ecb0 docs: Remove notes about incompatibilies with very old versions.
These are old enough that they'll cause more confusion and distraction
to new readers, than they could help anyone upgrade from very old
servers.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/fd93f1c5-7818-a02c-01e5-1075ac0d4def%40iki.fi
2020-10-26 09:07:14 +02:00
Tom Lane
1b62d0fb3e Allow psql to re-use connection parameters after a connection loss.
Instead of immediately PQfinish'ing a dead connection, save it aside
so that we can still extract its parameters for \connect attempts.
(This works because PQconninfo doesn't care whether the PGconn is in
CONNECTION_BAD state.)  This allows developers to reconnect with
just \c after a database crash and restart.

It's tempting to use the same approach instead of closing the old
connection after a failed non-interactive \connect command.  However,
that would not be very safe: consider a script containing
	\c db1 user1 live_server
	\c db2 user2 dead_server
	\c db3
The script would be expecting to connect to db3 at dead_server, but
if we re-use parameters from the first connection then it might
successfully connect to db3 at live_server.  This'd defeat the goal
of not letting a script accidentally execute commands against the
wrong database.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38464.1603394584@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-10-23 17:07:15 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
83d727e5b2 doc: Fix order of protocol messages in listing
The order of AuthenticationGSSContinue and AuthenticationSSPI was
swapped, based on the other Authentication* protocol messages being
listed in subcode order.
2020-10-23 13:01:39 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
902b57c9bf doc: Remove reference to pre-8.2 pg_dump behaviour
The behavioural change in the -t/--table option happened around 15 years
ago and there seems little point in keeping it around.

Author: Ian Barwick
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB8KJ%3Dh-XALik4M7gv-pX48%3D%2BSPWexfaYwa%2ByTnPwD3DxceXrg%40mail.gmail.com
2020-10-23 11:49:59 +03:00
Tom Lane
c16a1bbcf4 Add documentation and tests for quote marks in ECPG literal queries.
ECPG's PREPARE ... FROM and EXECUTE IMMEDIATE can optionally take
the target query as a simple literal, rather than the more usual
string-variable reference.  This was previously documented as
being a C string literal, but that's a lie in one critical respect:
you can't write a data double quote as \" in such literals.  That's
because the lexer is in SQL mode at this point, so it'll parse
double-quoted strings as SQL identifiers, within which backslash
is not special, so \" ends the literal.

I looked into making this work as documented, but getting the lexer
to switch behaviors at just the right point is somewhere between
very difficult and impossible.  It's not really worth the trouble,
because these cases are next to useless: if you have a fixed SQL
statement to execute or prepare, you might as well write it as
a direct EXEC SQL, saving the messiness of converting it into
a string literal and gaining the opportunity for compile-time
SQL syntax checking.

Instead, let's just document (and test) the workaround of writing
a double quote as an octal escape (\042) in such cases.

There's no code behavioral change here, so in principle this could
be back-patched, but it's such a niche case I doubt it's worth
the trouble.

Per report from 1250kv.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/673825.1603223178@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-10-22 18:29:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
3dfb1942d9 Avoid premature de-doubling of quote marks in ECPG strings.
If you write the literal 'abc''def' in an EXEC SQL command, that will
come out the other end as 'abc'def', triggering a syntax error in the
backend.  Likewise, "abc""def" is reduced to "abc"def" which is wrong
syntax for a quoted identifier.

The cause is that the lexer thinks it should emit just one quote
mark, whereas what it really should do is keep the string as-is.

Add some docs and test cases, too.

Although this seems clearly a bug, I fear users wouldn't appreciate
changing it in minor releases.  Some may well be working around it
by applying an extra doubling of affected quotes, as for example
sql/dyntest.pgc has been doing.

Per investigation of a report from 1250kv, although this isn't
exactly what he/she was on about.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/673825.1603223178@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-10-22 18:29:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
94929f1cf6 Clean up some unpleasant behaviors in psql's \connect command.
The check for whether to complain about not having an old connection
to get parameters from was seriously out of date: it had not been
rethought when we invented connstrings, nor when we invented the
-reuse-previous option.  Replace it with a check that throws an
error if reuse-previous is active and we lack an old connection to
reuse.  While that doesn't move the goalposts very far in terms of
easing reconnection after a server crash, at least it's consistent.

If the user specifies a connstring plus additional parameters
(which is invalid per the documentation), the extra parameters were
silently ignored.  That seems like it could be really confusing,
so let's throw a syntax error instead.

Teach the connstring code path to re-use the old connection's password
in the same cases as the old-style-syntax code path would, ie if we
are reusing parameters and the values of username, host/hostaddr, and
port are not being changed.  Document this behavior, too, since it was
unmentioned before.  Also simplify the implementation a bit, giving
rise to two new and useful properties: if there's a "password=xxx" in
the connstring, we'll use it not ignore it, and by default (i.e.,
except with --no-password) we will prompt for a password if the
re-used password or connstring password doesn't work.  The previous
code just failed if the re-used password didn't work.

Given the paucity of field complaints about these issues, I don't
think that they rise to the level of back-patchable bug fixes,
and in any case they might represent undesirable behavior changes
in minor releases.  So no back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/235210.1603321144@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-10-22 14:04:28 -04:00
Robert Haas
866e24d47d Extend amcheck to check heap pages.
Mark Dilger, reviewed by Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera,
Michael Paquier, Amul Sul, and by me. Some last-minute cosmetic
revisions by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/12ED3DA8-25F0-4B68-937D-D907CFBF08E7@enterprisedb.com
2020-10-22 08:44:18 -04:00
Tom Lane
85c54287af Fix connection string handling in psql's \connect command.
psql's \connect claims to be able to re-use previous connection
parameters, but in fact it only re-uses the database name, user name,
host name (and possibly hostaddr, depending on version), and port.
This is problematic for assorted use cases.  Notably, pg_dump[all]
emits "\connect databasename" commands which we would like to have
re-use all other parameters.  If such a script is loaded in a psql run
that initially had "-d connstring" with some non-default parameters,
those other parameters would be lost, potentially causing connection
failure.  (Thus, this is the same kind of bug addressed in commits
a45bc8a4f and 8e5793ab6, although the details are much different.)

To fix, redesign do_connect() so that it pulls out all properties
of the old PGconn using PQconninfo(), and then replaces individual
properties in that array.  In the case where we don't wish to re-use
anything, get libpq's default settings using PQconndefaults() and
replace entries in that, so that we don't need different code paths
for the two cases.

This does result in an additional behavioral change for cases where
the original connection parameters allowed multiple hosts, say
"psql -h host1,host2", and the \connect request allows re-use of the
host setting.  Because the previous coding relied on PQhost(), it
would only permit reconnection to the same host originally selected.
Although one can think of scenarios where that's a good thing, there
are others where it is not.  Moreover, that behavior doesn't seem to
meet the principle of least surprise, nor was it documented; nor is
it even clear it was intended, since that coding long pre-dates the
addition of multi-host support to libpq.  Hence, this patch is content
to drop it and re-use the host list as given.

Per Peter Eisentraut's comments on bug #16604.  Back-patch to all
supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16604-933f4b8791227b15@postgresql.org
2020-10-21 16:19:00 -04:00
Amit Kapila
03d51b776d Change the attribute name in pg_stat_replication_slots view.
Change the attribute 'name' to 'slot_name' in pg_stat_replication_slots
view to make it clear and that way we will be consistent with the other
places like pg_stat_wal_receiver view where we display the same attribute.

In the passing, fix the typo in one of the macros in the related code.

Bump the catversion as we have modified the name in the catalog as well.

Reported-by: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Author: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Reviewed-by: Sawada  Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-20 10:24:36 +05:30
Tom Lane
8e5793ab60 Fix connection string handling in src/bin/scripts/ programs.
When told to process all databases, clusterdb, reindexdb, and vacuumdb
would reconnect by replacing their --maintenance-db parameter with the
name of the target database.  If that parameter is a connstring (which
has been allowed for a long time, though we failed to document that
before this patch), we'd lose any other options it might specify, for
example SSL or GSS parameters, possibly resulting in failure to connect.
Thus, this is the same bug as commit a45bc8a4f fixed in pg_dump and
pg_restore.  We can fix it in the same way, by using libpq's rules for
handling multiple "dbname" parameters to add the target database name
separately.  I chose to apply the same refactoring approach as in that
patch, with a struct to handle the command line parameters that need to
be passed through to connectDatabase.  (Maybe someday we can unify the
very similar functions here and in pg_dump/pg_restore.)

Per Peter Eisentraut's comments on bug #16604.  Back-patch to all
supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16604-933f4b8791227b15@postgresql.org
2020-10-19 19:03:46 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c5f42daa60 Misc documentation fixes.
- Misc grammar and punctuation fixes.

- Stylistic cleanup: use spaces between function arguments and JSON fields
  in examples. For example "foo(a,b)" -> "foo(a, b)". Add semicolon after
  last END in a few PL/pgSQL examples that were missing them.

- Make sentence that talked about "..." and ".." operators more clear,
  by avoiding to end the sentence with "..". That makes it look the same
  as "..."

- Fix syntax description for HAVING: HAVING conditions cannot be repeated

Patch by Justin Pryzby, per Yaroslav Schekin's report. Backpatch to all
supported versions, to the extent that the patch applies easily.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20201005191922.GE17626%40telsasoft.com
2020-10-19 19:28:54 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2a972e0165 Fix TRUNCATE doc: ALTER SEQUENCE RESTART is now transactional.
ALTER SEQUENCE RESTART was made transactional in commit 3d79013b97.
Backpatch to v10, where that was introduced.

Patch by Justin Pryzby, per Yaroslav Schekin's report.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20201005191922.GE17626%40telsasoft.com
2020-10-19 19:02:25 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c0bc4c682e Fix output of tsquery example in docs.
The output for this query changed in commit 4e2477b7b8. Backport to 9.6
like that commit.

Patch by Justin Pryzby, per Yaroslav Schekin's report.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20201005191922.GE17626%40telsasoft.com
2020-10-19 18:50:33 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1a64c7636f Fix doc for full text search distance operator.
Commit 028350f619 changed its behavior from "at most" to "exactly", but
forgot to update the documentation. Backpatch to 9.6.

Patch by Justin Pryzby, per Yaroslav Schekin's report.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20201005191922.GE17626%40telsasoft.com
2020-10-19 17:58:38 +03:00
Magnus Hagander
b4d5b458e6 Update link for pllua
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A05874AE-8771-4C61-A24E-0B6249B8F3C2@yesql.se
2020-10-19 13:48:00 +02:00
Amit Kapila
560d260d78 Change the docs for PARALLEL option of Vacuum.
The rules to choose the number of parallel workers to perform parallel
vacuum operation were not clearly specified.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut
Author: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 13, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36aa8aea-61b7-eb3c-263b-648e0cb117b7@2ndquadrant.com
2020-10-19 09:13:17 +05:30
Tom Lane
7d00a6b2de In libpq for Windows, call WSAStartup once and WSACleanup not at all.
The Windows documentation insists that every WSAStartup call should
have a matching WSACleanup call.  However, if that ever had actual
relevance, it wasn't in this century.  Every remotely-modern Windows
kernel is capable of cleaning up when a process exits without doing
that, and must be so to avoid resource leaks in case of a process
crash.  Moreover, Postgres backends have done WSAStartup without
WSACleanup since commit 4cdf51e64 in 2004, and we've never seen any
indication of a problem with that.

libpq's habit of doing WSAStartup during connection start and
WSACleanup during shutdown is also rather inefficient, since a
series of non-overlapping connection requests leads to repeated,
quite expensive DLL unload/reload cycles.  We document a workaround
for that (having the application call WSAStartup for itself), but
that's just a kluge.  It's also worth noting that it's far from
uncommon for applications to exit without doing PQfinish, and
we've not heard reports of trouble from that either.

However, the real reason for acting on this is that recent
experiments by Alexander Lakhin suggest that calling WSACleanup
during PQfinish might be triggering the symptom we occasionally see
that a process using libpq fails to emit expected stdio output.

Therefore, let's change libpq so that it calls WSAStartup only
once per process, during the first connection attempt, and never
calls WSACleanup at all.

While at it, get rid of the only other WSACleanup call in our code
tree, in pg_dump/parallel.c; that presumably is equally useless.

If this proves to suppress the fairly-common ecpg test failures
we see on Windows, I'll back-patch, but for now let's just do it
in HEAD and see what happens.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ac976d8c-03df-d6b8-025c-15a2de8d9af1@postgrespro.ru
2020-10-17 16:53:48 -04:00
Tom Lane
540849814c Doc: caution against misuse of 'now' and related datetime literals.
Section 8.5.1.4, which defines these literals, made only a vague
reference to the fact that they might be evaluated too soon to be
safe in non-interactive contexts.  Provide a more explicit caution
against misuse.  Also, generalize the wording in the related tip in
section 9.9.4: while it clearly described this problem, it implied
(or really, stated outright) that the problem only applies to table
DEFAULT clauses.

Per gripe from Tijs van Dam.  Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c2LuRv9BiRT3bqIo5mMQiVraEXey_25B4vUn0kDqVqilwOEu_iVF1tbtvLnyQK7yDG3PFaz_GxLLPil2SDkj1MCObNRVaac-7j1dVdFERk8=@thalex.com
2020-10-17 16:02:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
bc49f8780b Doc: tweak column widths in synchronous-commit-matrix table.
Commit a97e85f2b caused "exceed the available area" warnings in PDF
builds.  Fine-tune colwidth values to avoid that.

Back-patch to 9.6, like the prior patch.  (This is of dubious value
before v13, since we were far from free of such warnings in older
branches.  But we might as well keep the SGML looking the same in all
branches.)

Per buildfarm.
2020-10-16 11:36:34 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a97e85f2be doc: improve description of synchronous_commit modes
Previously it wasn't clear exactly what each of the synchronous_commit
modes accomplished.  This clarifies that, and adds a table describing it.
Only backpatched through 9.6 since 9.5 doesn't have all the options.

Reported-by: kghost0@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159741195522.14321.13812604195366728976@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.6
2020-10-15 15:15:29 -04:00
Fujii Masao
564a410c81 doc: Mention that toast_tuple_target affects also column marked as Main.
Previously it was documented that toast_tuple_target affected column
marked as only External or Extended. But this description is not correct
and toast_tuple_target affects also column marked as Main.

Back-patch to v11 where toast_tuple_target reloption was introduced.

Author: Shinya Okano
Reviewed-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/93f46e311a67422e89e770d236059817@oss.nttdata.com
2020-10-15 11:04:07 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
4e9821b6fa Restore replication protocol's duplicate command tags
I removed the duplicate command tags for START_REPLICATION inadvertently
in commit 07082b08cc, but the replication protocol requires them.  The
fact that the replication protocol was broken was not noticed because
all our test cases use an optimized code path that exits early, failing
to verify that the behavior is correct for non-optimized cases.  Put
them back.

Also document this protocol quirk.

Add a test case that shows the failure.  It might still succeed even
without the patch when run on a fast enough server, but it suffices to
show the bug in enough cases that it would be noticed in buildfarm.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Henry Hinze <henry.hinze@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16643-eaadeb2a1a58d28c@postgresql.org
2020-10-14 20:12:26 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
178f2d560d Include result relation info in direct modify ForeignScan nodes.
FDWs that can perform an UPDATE/DELETE remotely using the "direct modify"
set of APIs need to access the ResultRelInfo of the target table. That's
currently available in EState.es_result_relation_info, but the next
commit will remove that field.

This commit adds a new resultRelation field in ForeignScan, to store the
target relation's RT index, and the corresponding ResultRelInfo in
ForeignScanState. The FDW's PlanDirectModify callback is expected to set
'resultRelation' along with 'operation'. The core code doesn't need them
for anything, they are for the convenience of FDW's Begin- and
IterateDirectModify callbacks.

Authors: Amit Langote, Etsuro Fujita
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-10-14 10:58:38 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
39b4a95100 Use https for gnu.org links
Mostly already done, but there were some stragglers.
2020-10-14 08:24:54 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
323ae003e4 doc: Expand recursive query documentation
Break the section up with subsection headings.  Add examples for depth-
and breadth-first search ordering.  For consistency with the SQL
search clause, start the depth counting at 0 instead of 1 in the
examples.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/c5603982-0088-7f14-0caa-fdcd0c837b57@2ndquadrant.com
2020-10-13 06:54:20 +02:00
Tom Lane
78c0b6ed27 Re-allow testing of GiST buffered builds.
Commit 16fa9b2b3 broke the ability to reliably test GiST buffered builds,
because it caused sorted builds to be done instead if sortsupport is
available, regardless of any attempt to override that.  While a would-be
test case could try to work around that by choosing an opclass that has
no sortsupport function, coverage would be silently lost the moment
someone decides it'd be a good idea to add a sortsupport function.

Hence, rearrange the logic in gistbuild() so that if "buffering = on"
is specified in CREATE INDEX, we will use that method, sortsupport or no.

Also document the interaction between sorting and the buffering
parameter, as 16fa9b2b3 failed to do.

(Note that in fact we still lack any test coverage of buffered builds,
but this is a prerequisite to adding a non-fragile test.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3249980.1602532990@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-10-12 17:09:50 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
3fb676504d Adjust cycle detection examples and tests
Adjust the existing cycle detection example and test queries to put
the cycle column before the path column.  This is mainly because the
SQL-standard CYCLE clause puts them in that order, and so if we added
that feature that would make the sequence of examples more consistent
and easier to follow.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/c5603982-0088-7f14-0caa-fdcd0c837b57@2ndquadrant.com
2020-10-12 08:01:21 +02:00
Amit Kapila
9868167500 Track statistics for spilling of changes from ReorderBuffer.
This adds the statistics about transactions spilled to disk from
ReorderBuffer. Users can query the pg_stat_replication_slots view to check
these stats and call pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of
a particular slot. Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot
to reset stats of all the slots.

This commit extends the statistics collector to track this information
about slots.

Author: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-08 09:09:08 +05:30
Magnus Hagander
1b22224945 Further improvements on documentation for pg_dump -t
Ian submitted an updated patch just as I was pushing the previous one,
so use this newer wording instead.

Author: Ian Barwick
2020-10-06 15:50:03 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
b8c4d38512 Clarify documentation around pg_dump -t option
The behavior is different for different types of objects, so make that
more clear.

Author: Ian Barwick
2020-10-06 15:46:36 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
5b36221c46 Expand installation documentation to cover binary installations
Reviewed-By: David G. Johnston, Daniel Gustafsson
2020-10-06 14:15:32 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
dd0a64ed43 doc: show functions returning record types and use of ROWS FROM
Previously it was unclear exactly how ROWS FROM behaved and how to cast
the data types of columns returned by FROM functions.  Also document
that only non-OUT record functions can have their columns cast to data
types.

Reported-by: guyren@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/158638264419.662.2482095087061084020@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-10-05 16:27:33 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
253f1025da Overhaul pg_hba.conf clientcert's API
Since PG 12, clientcert no longer supported only on/off, so remove 1/0
as possible values, and instead support only the text strings
'verify-ca' and 'verify-full'.

Remove support for 'no-verify' since that is possible by just not
specifying clientcert.

Also, throw an error if 'verify-ca' is used and 'cert' authentication is
used, since cert authentication requires verify-full.

Also improve the docs.

THIS IS A BACKWARD INCOMPATIBLE API CHANGE.

Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200716.093012.1627751694396009053.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi

Backpatch-through: master
2020-10-05 15:48:50 -04:00
Tom Lane
9cc3d614a9 Doc: fix parameter names in the docs of a couple of functions.
The descriptions of make_interval() and pg_options_to_table()
were randomly different from the reality embedded in pg_proc.

(These are not all the discrepancies I found in a quick search,
but the others perhaps require more discussion, since there's
at least a case to be made for changing pg_proc not the docs.)

make_interval issue noted by Thomas Kellerer.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7b154ef0-9f22-90b9-7734-4bf23686695b@gmx.net
2020-10-05 11:42:33 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
2453ea1422 Support for OUT parameters in procedures
Unlike for functions, OUT parameters for procedures are part of the
signature.  Therefore, they have to be listed in pg_proc.proargtypes
as well as mentioned in ALTER PROCEDURE and DROP PROCEDURE.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2b8490fe-51af-e671-c504-47359dc453c5@2ndquadrant.com
2020-10-05 09:21:43 +02:00
Tom Lane
97b6144826 Make postgres.bki use the same literal-string syntax as postgresql.conf.
The BKI file's string quoting conventions were previously quite weird,
perhaps as a result of repurposing a function built to scan
single-quoted strings to scan double-quoted ones.  Change to use the
same rules as we use in GUC files, allowing some simplifications in
genbki.pl and initdb.c.

While at it, completely remove the backend's scanstr() function, which
was essentially a duplicate of the string dequoting code in guc-file.l.
Instead export that one (under a less generic name than it had) and let
bootscanner.l use it.  Now we can clarify that scansup.c exists only to
support the main lexer. We could alternatively have removed GUC_scanstr,
but this way seems better since the previous arrangement could mislead
a reader into thinking that scanstr() had something to do with the main
lexer's handling of string literals.  Maybe it did once, but if so it
was a long time ago.

This patch does not bump catversion, since the initially-installed
catalog contents don't change.  Note however that successful initdb
after applying this patch will require up-to-date postgres.bki as well
as postgres and initdb executables.

In passing, remove a bunch of very-long-obsolete #include's in
bootparse.y and bootscanner.l.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCtDpd18T0KATTmCggO2GdVC4ow86ypiq5ENff1VnauL8g@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-04 16:09:55 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
9081bddbd7 Improve <xref> vs. <command> formatting in the documentation
SQL commands are generally marked up as <command>, except when a link
to a reference page is used using <xref>.  But the latter doesn't
create monospace markup, so this looks strange especially when a
paragraph contains a mix of links and non-links.

We considered putting <command> in the <refentrytitle> on the target
side, but that creates some formatting side effects elsewhere.
Generally, it seems safer to solve this on the link source side.

We can't put the <xref> inside the <command>; the DTD doesn't allow
this.  DocBook 5 would allow the <command> to have the linkend
attribute itself, but we are not there yet.

So to solve this for now, convert the <xref>s to <link> plus
<command>.  This gives the correct look and also gives some more
flexibility what we can put into the link text (e.g., subcommands or
other clauses).  In the future, these could then be converted to
DocBook 5 style.

I haven't converted absolutely all xrefs to SQL command reference
pages, only those where we care about the appearance of the link text
or where it was otherwise appropriate to make the appearance match a
bit better.  Also in some cases, the links where repetitive, so in
those cases the links where just removed and replaced by a plain
<command>.  In cases where we just want the link and don't
specifically care about the generated link text (typically phrased
"for further information see <xref ...>") the xref is kept.

Reported-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/87o8pco34z.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2020-10-03 16:40:02 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
1a9388bd0f doc: libpq connection options can override command-line flags
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16486-b9c93d71c02c4907@postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-10-02 22:19:31 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
472e518a44 doc: clarify the use of ssh port forwarding
Reported-by: karimelghazouly@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159854511172.24991.4373145230066586863@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-10-02 21:39:33 -04:00
Michael Paquier
8550cbd0ba doc: Improve some documentation about HA and replication
This clarifies some wording in the description of the options available
as replication solutions.  While on it, this replaces some instances of
"master" with "primary", for consistency with recent changes like
9e101cf.

Author: Robert Treat
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJSLCQ2TPaK_K8raofCamrqELCxY-H6mJrpDNRzc-LKpPY7c+g@mail.gmail.com
2020-10-02 10:36:35 +09:00
Fujii Masao
8d9a935965 Add pg_stat_wal statistics view.
This view shows the statistics about WAL activity. Currently it has only
two columns: wal_buffers_full and stats_reset. wal_buffers_full column
indicates the number of times WAL data was written to the disk because
WAL buffers got full. This information is useful when tuning wal_buffers.
stats_reset column indicates the time at which these statistics were
last reset.

pg_stat_wal view is also the basic infrastructure to expose other
various statistics about WAL activity later.

Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID due to the change in pgstat format.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Takayuki Tsunakawa, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/188bd3f2d2233cf97753b5ced02bb050@oss.nttdata.com
2020-10-02 10:17:11 +09:00
Tom Lane
489c9c3407 Fix handling of BC years in to_date/to_timestamp.
Previously, a conversion such as
	to_date('-44-02-01','YYYY-MM-DD')
would result in '0045-02-01 BC', as the code attempted to interpret
the negative year as BC, but failed to apply the correction needed
for our internal handling of BC years.  Fix the off-by-one problem.

Also, arrange for the combination of a negative year and an
explicit "BC" marker to cancel out and produce AD.  This is how
the negative-century case works, so it seems sane to do likewise.

Continue to read "year 0000" as 1 BC.  Oracle would throw an error,
but we've accepted that case for a long time so I'm hesitant to
change it in a back-patch.

Per bug #16419 from Saeed Hubaishan.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.

Dar Alathar-Yemen and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16419-d8d9db0a7553f01b@postgresql.org
2020-09-30 15:40:23 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
300b6984a5 Fix XML id to match GUC name
For some reason, the id of the description of
max_parallel_maintenance_workers has been
guc-max-parallel-workers-maintenance since the beginning.  Flip that
around to make it consistent.
2020-09-30 07:39:38 +02:00
David Rowley
2b888647d8 Doc: Improve clarity on partitioned table limitations
Explicitly mention that primary key constraints are also included in the
limitation that the constraint columns must be a superset of the partition key
columns.

Wording suggestion from Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/64062533.78364.1601415362244@mail.yahoo.com
Backpatch-through: 11, where unique constraints on partitioned tables were added
2020-09-30 13:02:08 +13:00
Tom Lane
a094c8ff53 Fix make_timestamp[tz] to accept negative years as meaning BC.
Previously we threw an error.  But make_date already allowed the case,
so it is inconsistent as well as unhelpful for make_timestamp not to.

Both functions continue to reject year zero.

Code and test fixes by Peter Eisentraut, doc changes by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13c0992c-f15a-a0ca-d839-91d3efd965d9@2ndquadrant.com
2020-09-29 13:48:06 -04:00
Fujii Masao
fd26f78231 Archive timeline history files in standby if archive_mode is set to "always".
Previously the standby server didn't archive timeline history files
streamed from the primary even when archive_mode is set to "always",
while it archives the streamed WAL files. This could cause the PITR to
fail because there was no required timeline history file in the archive.
The cause of this issue was that walreceiver didn't mark those files as
ready for archiving.

This commit makes walreceiver mark those streamed timeline history
files as ready for archiving if archive_mode=always. Then the archiver
process archives the marked timeline history files.

Back-patch to all supported versions.

Reported-by: Grigory Smolkin
Author: Grigory Smolkin, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: David Zhang, Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/54b059d4-2b48-13a4-6f43-95a087c92367@postgrespro.ru
2020-09-29 16:21:46 +09:00
Robert Haas
aecf5ee2bb Add new 'old_snapshot' contrib module.
You can use this to view the contents of the time to XID mapping
which the server maintains when old_snapshot_threshold != -1.
Being able to view that information may be interesting for users,
and it's definitely useful for figuring out whether the mapping
is being maintained correctly. It isn't, so that will need to be
fixed in a subsequent commit.

Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Hamid Akhtar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY=aqf0zjTD+3dUWYkgMiNDegDLFjo+6ze=Wtpik+3XqA@mail.gmail.com
2020-09-24 13:55:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
fc5f107a8c Doc: sync lobj.sgml's copy of testlo.c with the latter file.
Zhijie Hou

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ce2cd951fe9b448a9cda99dc1a871fb9@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
2020-09-24 10:39:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
9436041ed8 Copy editing: fix a bunch of misspellings and poor wording.
99% of this is docs, but also a couple of comments.  No code changes.

Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200919175804.GE30557@telsasoft.com
2020-09-21 12:43:42 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
80fc96eceb Standardize order of use strict and use warnings in Perl code
The standard order in PostgreSQL and other code is use strict first,
but some code was uselessly inconsistent about this.
2020-09-21 17:04:36 +02:00
Tom Lane
06a7c3154f Allow most keywords to be used as column labels without requiring AS.
Up to now, if you tried to omit "AS" before a column label in a SELECT
list, it would only work if the column label was an IDENT, that is not
any known keyword.  This is rather unfriendly considering that we have
so many keywords and are constantly growing more.  In the wake of commit
1ed6b8956 it's possible to improve matters quite a bit.

We'd originally tried to make this work by having some of the existing
keyword categories be allowed without AS, but that didn't work too well,
because each category contains a few special cases that don't work
without AS.  Instead, invent an entirely orthogonal keyword property
"can be bare column label", and mark all keywords that way for which
we don't get shift/reduce errors by doing so.

It turns out that of our 450 current keywords, all but 39 can be made
bare column labels, improving the situation by over 90%.  This number
might move around a little depending on future grammar work, but it's
a pretty nice improvement.

Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
2020-09-18 16:46:36 -04:00
Tom Lane
1ed6b89563 Remove support for postfix (right-unary) operators.
This feature has been a thorn in our sides for a long time, causing
many grammatical ambiguity problems.  It doesn't seem worth the
pain to continue to support it, so remove it.

There are some follow-on improvements we can make in the grammar,
but this commit only removes the bare minimum number of productions,
plus assorted backend support code.

Note that pg_dump and psql continue to have full support, since
they may be used against older servers.  However, pg_dump warns
about postfix operators.  There is also a check in pg_upgrade.

Documentation-wise, I (tgl) largely removed the "left unary"
terminology in favor of saying "prefix operator", which is
a more standard and IMO less confusing term.

I included a catversion bump, although no initial catalog data
changes here, to mark the boundary at which oprkind = 'r'
stopped being valid in pg_operator.

Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
2020-09-17 19:38:05 -04:00
Tom Lane
76f412ab31 Remove factorial operators, leaving only the factorial() function.
The "!" operator is our only built-in postfix operator.  Remove it,
on the way to removal of grammar support for postfix operators.

There is also a "!!" prefix operator, but since it's been marked
deprecated for most of its existence, we might as well remove it too.

Also zap the SQL alias function numeric_fac(), which seems to have
equally little reason to live.

Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
2020-09-17 16:17:27 -04:00
Tom Lane
99175141c9 Improve common/logging.c's support for multiple verbosity levels.
Instead of hard-wiring specific verbosity levels into the option
processing of client applications, invent pg_logging_increase_verbosity()
and encourage clients to implement --verbose by calling that.  Then,
the common convention that more -v's gets you more verbosity just works.

In particular, this allows resurrection of the debug-grade messages that
have long existed in pg_dump and its siblings.  They were unreachable
before this commit due to lack of a way to select PG_LOG_DEBUG logging
level.  (It appears that they may have been unreachable for some time
before common/logging.c was introduced, too, so I'm not specifically
blaming cc8d41511 for the oversight.  One reason for thinking that is
that it's now apparent that _allocAH()'s message needs a null-pointer
guard.  Testing might have failed to reveal that before 96bf88d52.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1173106.1600116625@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-09-17 12:52:18 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
45b9805706 Allow CURRENT_ROLE where CURRENT_USER is accepted
In the particular case of GRANTED BY, this is specified in the SQL
standard.  Since in PostgreSQL, CURRENT_ROLE is equivalent to
CURRENT_USER, and CURRENT_USER is already supported here, adding
CURRENT_ROLE is trivial.  The other cases are PostgreSQL extensions,
but for the same reason it also makes sense there.

Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Asif Rehman <asifr.rehman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9%402ndquadrant.com
2020-09-17 11:40:08 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
16fa9b2b30 Add support for building GiST index by sorting.
This adds a new optional support function to the GiST access method:
sortsupport. If it is defined, the GiST index is built by sorting all data
to the order defined by the sortsupport's comparator function, and packing
the tuples in that order to GiST pages. This is similar to how B-tree
index build works, and is much faster than inserting the tuples one by
one. The resulting index is smaller too, because the pages are packed more
tightly, upto 'fillfactor'. The normal build method works by splitting
pages, which tends to lead to more wasted space.

The quality of the resulting index depends on how good the opclass-defined
sort order is. A good order preserves locality of the input data.

As the first user of this facility, add 'sortsupport' function to the
point_ops opclass. It sorts the points in Z-order (aka Morton Code), by
interleaving the bits of the X and Y coordinates.

Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1A36620E-CAD8-4267-9067-FB31385E7C0D%40yandex-team.ru
2020-09-17 11:33:40 +03:00
Michael Paquier
089da3c477 doc: Apply more consistently <productname> markup for OpenSSL
OpenSSL was quoted in inconsistent ways in many places of the docs,
sometimes with <application>, <productname> or just nothing.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DA91E5F0-5F9D-41A7-A7A6-B91CDE0F1D63@yesql.se
2020-09-17 16:33:22 +09:00
Fujii Masao
e568ed0eb0 Add leader_pid field into the example of file_fdw for csvlog.
Commit b8fdee7d0c added leader_pid field into csvlog,
but forgot to update the example of file_fdw for csvlog.

Author: Yuta Katsuragi
2020-09-16 18:47:39 +09:00
Robert Haas
34a947ca13 New contrib module, pg_surgery, with heap surgery functions.
Sometimes it happens that the visibility information for a tuple
becomes corrupted, either due to bugs in the database software or
external factors. Provide a function heap_force_kill() that can
be used to truncate such dead tuples to dead line pointers, and
a function heap_force_freeze() that can be used to overwrite the
visibility information in such a way that the tuple becomes
all-visible.

These functions are unsafe, in that you can easily use them to
corrupt a database that was not previously corrupted, and you can
use them to further corrupt an already-corrupted database or to
destroy data. The documentation accordingly cautions against
casual use. However, in some cases they permit recovery of data
that would otherwise be very difficult to recover, or to allow a
system to continue to function when it would otherwise be difficult
to do so.

Because we may want to add other functions for performing other
kinds of surgery in the future, the new contrib module is called
pg_surgery rather than something specific to these functions. I
proposed back-patching this so that it could be more easily used
by people running existing releases who are facing these kinds of
problems, but that proposal did not attract enough support, so
no back-patch for now.

Ashutosh Sharma, reviewed and tested by Andrey M. Borodin,
M. Beena Emerson, Masahiko Sawada, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi,
Asim Praveen, and Mark Dilger, and somewhat revised by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZW1fsU-QUNCRUQMGUygBDPVeOTLCqRdQZch=EYZnctSA@mail.gmail.com
2020-09-10 11:14:07 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
4fff515e9e doc: Remove buggy ICU collation from documentation
We have had multiple reports that point to the
'@colReorder=latn-digit' collation customization being buggy.  We have
reported this to ICU and are waiting for a fix.  In the meantime,
remove references to this from the documentation and replace it by
another reordering example.  Apparently, many users have been picking
up this example specifically from the documentation.

Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/153201618542.1404.3611626898935613264%40wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-09-10 15:31:09 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
994a58407c Fix title in reference section
Reported-by: Robert Kahlert
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
2020-09-10 14:15:26 +02:00
Michael Paquier
aad546bd0a doc: Fix some grammar and inconsistencies
Some comments are fixed while on it.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200818171702.GK17022@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6
2020-09-10 15:50:19 +09:00
Tom Lane
a273dcc6fd Doc: adjust documentation related to index support functions.
Commit 15cb2bd27 neglected to make the running text match the
tables, leaving the reader with the strong impression that
we cannot count.  Also, don't drop an unrelated para between
a table and the para describing it.
2020-09-09 12:00:49 -04:00
Tom Lane
f3e1e66196 Minor fixes in docs and error messages.
Alexander Lakhin

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ce7debdd-c943-d7a7-9b41-687107b27831@gmail.com
2020-09-09 11:53:39 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
60df530c57 Add missing quote in docs
Mistake in commit 68b603e1a9.

Reported-by: Ian Barwick
2020-09-09 12:20:53 +02:00
Michael Paquier
a6642b3ae0 Add support for partitioned tables and indexes in REINDEX
Until now, REINDEX was not able to work with partitioned tables and
indexes, forcing users to reindex partitions one by one.  This extends
REINDEX INDEX and REINDEX TABLE so as they can accept a partitioned
index and table in input, respectively, to reindex all the partitions
assigned to them with physical storage (foreign tables, partitioned
tables and indexes are then discarded).

This shares some logic with schema and database REINDEX as each
partition gets processed in its own transaction after building a list of
relations to work on.  This choice has the advantage to minimize the
number of invalid indexes to one partition with REINDEX CONCURRENTLY in
the event a cancellation or failure in-flight, as the only indexes
handled at once in a single REINDEX CONCURRENTLY loop are the ones from
the partition being working on.

Isolation tests are added to emulate some cases I bumped into while
developing this feature, particularly with the concurrent drop of a
leaf partition reindexed.  However, this is rather limited as LOCK would
cause REINDEX to block in the first transaction building the list of
partitions.

Per its multi-transaction nature, this new flavor cannot run in a
transaction block, similarly to REINDEX SCHEMA, SYSTEM and DATABASE.

Author: Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db12e897-73ff-467e-94cb-4af03705435f.adger.lj@alibaba-inc.com
2020-09-08 10:09:22 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
74ff28197c doc: Fix table cell overflow
Fix one instance of a table cell overflow by adding a zero-width
space.  The visual impact of this is minimal, but since this is
currently the only such case reported by FOP ("contents of ... exceed
the available area"), it seems worth getting rid of.
2020-09-07 09:59:50 +02:00
Michael Paquier
f0942b1327 doc: Tweak sentence for pg_checksums when enabling checksums
The previous version of the docs mentioned that files are rewritten,
implying that a second copy of each file gets created, but each file is
updated in-place.

Author: Michael Banck
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/858086b6a42fb7d17995b6175856f7e7ec44d0a2.camel@credativ.de
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-09-07 14:34:59 +09:00
Magnus Hagander
68b603e1a9 Change path in example of file_fdw for logs
It's better to use a relative path into the data directory, than to a
hardcoded home directory of user 'josh'.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEyuf67Yu_r9gpDMs5MKifK7+-+pe=ZjKzya4JEn9kUk1w@mail.gmail.com
2020-09-06 19:28:32 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
cd153b54eb doc: Don't hide the "Up" link when it is the same as "Home"
The original stylesheets seemed to think this was a good idea, but our
users find it confusing and unhelpful, so undo that logic.

Reported-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/alpine.DEB.2.22.394.2006210914370.859381%40pseudo
2020-09-06 16:55:36 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
49d7165117 doc: Change table alias names to lower case in tutorial chapter
This is needlessly different from our usual style otherwise.

Author: Jürgen Purtz <juergen@purtz.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/158996922318.7035.10603922579567326239@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-09-04 08:45:57 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
79fd620b20 doc: Fix whitespace issue in PDF
Move <indexterm> outside of <para> to avoid whitespace issue in PDF
output.

Author: Jürgen Purtz <juergen@purtz.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/158996922318.7035.10603922579567326239@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-09-04 08:39:01 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
6eee73e4e5 doc: Use tags consistently in the tutorial chapter
Make more consistent use of <screen> and <programlisting>.

Author: Jürgen Purtz <juergen@purtz.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/158996922318.7035.10603922579567326239@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-09-04 08:19:20 +02:00
Tom Lane
8f8154a503 Allow records to span multiple lines in pg_hba.conf and pg_ident.conf.
A backslash at the end of a line now causes the next line to be appended
to the current one (effectively, the backslash and newline are discarded).
This allows long HBA entries to be created without legibility problems.

While we're here, get rid of the former hard-wired length limit on
pg_hba.conf lines, by using an expansible StringInfo buffer instead
of a fixed-size local variable.

Since the same code is used to read the ident map file, these changes
apply there as well.

Fabien Coelho, reviewed by Justin Pryzby and David Zhang

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.21.2003251906140.15243@pseudo
2020-09-03 12:16:48 -04:00
Tom Lane
d2511d7132 Doc: mention packager-supplied tools for server start/stop, initdb, etc.
The majority of our audience is probably using a pre-packaged Postgres
build rather than raw sources.  For them, much of runtime.sgml is not
too relevant, and they should be reading the packager's docs instead.
Add some notes pointing that way in appropriate places.

Text by me; thanks to Daniel Gustafsson for review and discussion,
and to Laurenz Albe for an earlier version.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159430831443.16535.11360317280100947016@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-09-03 11:45:26 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
5ccf322118 doc: Make SQL command names in the catalog documentation links
In passing, fix the initdb references to be <application> rather than
<command>, which is what we normally use.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/87mu5xqc11.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2020-09-03 13:17:22 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
cb6eb4a09e doc: Add missing cross-links in system catalog documentation
This makes the first mention of a system catalog or view in each
paragraph in the system system catalog and view documentation pages
hyperlinks, for easier navigation.

Also linkify the first mention of pg_hba.conf in pg_hba_file_rules, as
that's more specific and easier to spot than the link to the client
authentication chapter.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/87mu5xqc11.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2020-09-03 13:17:22 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
4220e5721a Fix XML id to match containing page
This was apparently a typo when this part of the documentation was
first added.
2020-09-03 12:47:33 +02:00
Amit Kapila
464824323e Add support for streaming to built-in logical replication.
To add support for streaming of in-progress transactions into the
built-in logical replication, we need to do three things:

* Extend the logical replication protocol, so identify in-progress
transactions, and allow adding additional bits of information (e.g.
XID of subtransactions).

* Modify the output plugin (pgoutput) to implement the new stream
API callbacks, by leveraging the extended replication protocol.

* Modify the replication apply worker, to properly handle streamed
in-progress transaction by spilling the data to disk and then
replaying them on commit.

We however must explicitly disable streaming replication during
replication slot creation, even if the plugin supports it. We
don't need to replicate the changes accumulated during this phase,
and moreover we don't have a replication connection open so we
don't have where to send the data anyway.

Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
2020-09-03 07:54:07 +05:30
Tom Lane
66f1630680 Add string_to_table() function.
This splits a string at occurrences of a delimiter.  It is exactly like
string_to_array() except for producing a set of values instead of an
array of values.  Thus, the relationship of these two functions is
the same as between regexp_split_to_table() and regexp_split_to_array().

Although the same results could be had from unnest(string_to_array()),
this is somewhat faster than that, and anyway it seems reasonable to
have it for symmetry with the regexp functions.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Peter Smith

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRD8HOpjq2TqeTBhSo_QkzjLOhXzGCpKJ4nCs7Y9SQkuPw@mail.gmail.com
2020-09-02 18:23:56 -04:00
Michael Paquier
07f386ede0 Add access method names to \d[i|m|t]+ in psql
Listing a full set of relations with those psql meta-commands, without a
matching pattern, has never showed the access method associated with
each relation.  This commit adds the access method of tables, indexes
and matviews, masking it for relation kinds where it does not apply.

Note that when HIDE_TABLEAM is enabled, the information does not show
up.  This is available when connecting to a backend version of at least
12, where table AMs have been introduced.

Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/svaS1VTOEscES9CLKVTeKItjJP1EEJuBhTsA0ESOdlnbXeQSgycYwVlliL5zt8Jwcfo4ATYDXtEqsExxjkSkkhCSTCL8fnRgaCAJdr0unUg=@protonmail.com
2020-09-02 16:59:22 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
db864c3c36 doc: clarify that max_wal_size is "during" checkpoints
Previous wording was "between".

Reported-by: Pavel Luzanov

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26906a54-d7cb-2f8e-eed7-e31660024694@postgrespro.ru

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-09-01 17:00:10 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
afc7e0ad55
Raise error on concurrent drop of partitioned index
We were already raising an error for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY on a
partitioned table, albeit a different and confusing one:
  ERROR:  DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY must be first action in transaction

Change that to throw a more comprehensible error:
  ERROR:  cannot drop partitioned index \"%s\" concurrently

Michael Paquier authored the test case for indexes on temporary
partitioned tables.

Backpatch to 11, where indexes on partitioned tables were added.

Reported-by: Jan Mussler <jan.mussler@zalando.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16594-d2956ca909585067@postgresql.org
2020-09-01 13:40:43 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
ab3c6d4155 doc: document how the backup manifest is transferred
Reported-by: Bernd Helmle

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31acf8b0f1f701d53245e0cae38abdf5c3a0d559.camel@oopsware.de

Backpatch-through: 13
2020-08-31 18:48:38 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
953c64e0f6 doc: add commas after 'i.e.' and 'e.g.'
This follows the American format,
https://jakubmarian.com/comma-after-i-e-and-e-g/. There is no intention
of requiring this format for future text, but making existing text
consistent every few years makes sense.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200825183619.GA22369@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-31 18:33:37 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
50ed605b3e pg_upgrade doc: mention saving postgresql.conf.auto files
Also mention files included by postgresql.conf.

Reported-by: Álvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/08AD4526-75AB-457B-B2DD-099663F28040@yesql.se

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-31 17:36:23 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
0ebe82a941
doc: Update partitioning limitation on BEFORE triggers
Reported-by: Erwin Brandstetter <brsaweda@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGHENJ6Le7S3qJJx2TvWvTwRNS3N=BtoNeb7AF2rZvfNBMeQcg@mail.gmail.com
2020-08-31 17:09:02 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
9524fa1aa5 docs: in mapping SQL to C data types, timestamp isn't a pointer
It is an int64.

Reported-by: ajulien@shaktiware.fr

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159845038271.24995.15682121015698255155@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-31 17:05:53 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
de2d1920dd doc: cross-link file-fdw and CSV config log sections
There is an file-fdw example that reads the server config file, so cross
link them.

Reported-by: Oleg Samoilov

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159800192078.2886.10431506404995508950@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-31 16:59:59 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b1ae70b3b4 docs: clarify intermediate certificate creation instructions
Specifically, explain the v3_ca openssl specification.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200824175653.GA32411@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-31 16:21:03 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
70e791f47e docs: replace "stable storage" with "durable" in descriptions
For PG, "durable storage" has a clear meaning, while "stable storage"
does not, so use the former.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200817165222.GA31806@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-31 15:23:19 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
06eba0fd10 doc: improve description of subscripting of arrays
It wasn't clear the non-integers are cast to integers for subscripting,
rather than throwing an error.

Reported-by: sean@materialize.io

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159538675800.624.7728794628229799531@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-31 13:49:17 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
47c427d006 docs: improve 'capitals' inheritance example
Adds constraints and improves wording.

Reported-by: 2552891@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159586122762.680.1361378513036616007@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-31 13:43:05 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
243a3b92a6 doc: clarify the useful features of procedures
This was not clearly documented when procedures were added in PG 11.

Reported-by: Robin Abbi

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGmg_NX327KKVuJmbWZD=pGutYFxzZjX1rU+3ji8UuX=8ONn9Q@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: 11
2020-08-31 13:20:04 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
3a788db601 Fix docs bug stating file_fdw requires absolute paths
It has always (since the first commit) worked with relative paths, so
use the same wording as other parts of the documentation.

Author: Bruce Momjian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevExx-hm=cit+A9LeKBH39srvk8Y2tEZeEAj5mP8YfzNKUg@mail.gmail.com
2020-08-31 13:03:54 +02:00
Tom Lane
6ca547cf75 Mark factorial operator, and postfix operators in general, as deprecated.
Per discussion, we're planning to remove parser support for postfix
operators in order to simplify the grammar.  So it behooves us to
put out a deprecation notice at least one release before that.

There is only one built-in postfix operator, ! for factorial.
Label it deprecated in the docs and in pg_description, and adjust
some examples that formerly relied on it.  (The sister prefix
operator !! is also deprecated.  We don't really have to remove
that one, but since we're suggesting that people use factorial()
instead, it seems better to remove both operators.)

Also state in the CREATE OPERATOR ref page that postfix operators
in general are going away.

Although this changes the initial contents of pg_description,
I did not force a catversion bump; it doesn't seem essential.

In v13, also back-patch 4c5cf5431, so that there's someplace for
the <link>s to point to.

Mark Dilger and John Naylor, with some adjustments by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BE2DF53D-251A-4E26-972F-930E523580E9@enterprisedb.com
2020-08-30 14:37:24 -04:00
Tom Lane
3d351d916b Redefine pg_class.reltuples to be -1 before the first VACUUM or ANALYZE.
Historically, we've considered the state with relpages and reltuples
both zero as indicating that we do not know the table's tuple density.
This is problematic because it's impossible to distinguish "never yet
vacuumed" from "vacuumed and seen to be empty".  In particular, a user
cannot use VACUUM or ANALYZE to override the planner's normal heuristic
that an empty table should not be believed to be empty because it is
probably about to get populated.  That heuristic is a good safety
measure, so I don't care to abandon it, but there should be a way to
override it if the table is indeed intended to stay empty.

Hence, represent the initial state of ignorance by setting reltuples
to -1 (relpages is still set to zero), and apply the minimum-ten-pages
heuristic only when reltuples is still -1.  If the table is empty,
VACUUM or ANALYZE (but not CREATE INDEX) will override that to
reltuples = relpages = 0, and then we'll plan on that basis.

This requires a bunch of fiddly little changes, but we can get rid of
some ugly kluges that were formerly needed to maintain the old definition.

One notable point is that FDWs' GetForeignRelSize methods will see
baserel->tuples = -1 when no ANALYZE has been done on the foreign table.
That seems like a net improvement, since those methods were formerly
also in the dark about what baserel->tuples = 0 really meant.  Still,
it is an API change.

I bumped catversion because code predating this change would get confused
by seeing reltuples = -1.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F02298E0-6EF4-49A1-BCB6-C484794D9ACC@thebuild.com
2020-08-30 12:21:51 -04:00
Michael Paquier
7a1cd5260a doc: Rework tables for built-in operator classes of index AMs
The tables listing all the operator classes available for BRIN, GIN,
GiST and SP-GiST had a confusing format where the same operator could be
listed multiple times, for different data types.  This improves the
shape of these tables by adding the types associated to each operator,
for their associated operator class.

Each table included previously the data type that could be used for an
operator class in an extra column.  This is removed to reduce the width
of the tables as this is now described within each operator.  This also
makes the tables fit better in the PDF documentation.

Reported-by: osdba
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Bruce Momjian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38d55061.9604.173b32c60ec.Coremail.mailtch@163.com
2020-08-28 16:54:59 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
42aaed60c8 doc: Update cracklib URL
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f7266133-618a-0adc-52ef-f43c78806b0e%402ndquadrant.com
2020-08-28 08:19:12 +02:00
Amit Kapila
808e13b282 Extend the BufFile interface.
Allow BufFile to support temporary files that can be used by the single
backend when the corresponding files need to be survived across the
transaction and need to be opened and closed multiple times. Such files
need to be created as a member of a SharedFileSet.

Additionally, this commit implements the interface for BufFileTruncate to
allow files to be truncated up to a particular offset and extends the
BufFileSeek API to support the SEEK_END case. This also adds an option to
provide a mode while opening the shared BufFiles instead of always opening
in read-only mode.

These enhancements in BufFile interface are required for the upcoming
patch to allow the replication apply worker, to handle streamed
in-progress transactions.

Author: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
2020-08-26 07:36:43 +05:30
Fujii Masao
29dd6d8bc6 Prevent non-superusers from reading pg_backend_memory_contexts, by default.
pg_backend_memory_contexts view contains some internal information of
memory contexts. Since exposing them to any users by default may cause
security issue, this commit allows only superusers to read this view,
by default, like we do for pg_shmem_allocations view.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1414992.1597849297@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-08-26 10:50:02 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
ff60394a8c docs: client certificates are always sent to the server
They are not "requested" by the server.

Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200825.155320.986648039251743210.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-25 09:53:12 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
7f055fba3f doc: Fix up title case
This fixes some instances that were missed in earlier processings and
that now look a bit strange because they are inconsistent with nearby
titles.
2020-08-25 07:29:05 +02:00
Michael Paquier
77c1537f51 doc: Fix some markups for support functions of index AMs
All the documentation of index AMs has been using <replaceable> for
local_relopts.  This is a structure, so <structname> is a much better
choice.

Alexander has found the inconsistency for btree, while I have spotted
the rest when applying the concept of consistency to the docs.

Author: Alexander Lakhin, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200822133022.GC24782@paquier.xyz
2020-08-24 16:46:52 +09:00
Michael Paquier
c3a288649e doc: Fix format, incorrect structure names and markup inconsistencies
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a2345841-10a5-4eef-257c-02302347cf39@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2020-08-22 22:26:10 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
2a9f37243b docs: improve description of how to handle multiple databases
This is a redesign of the intro to the managing databases chapter.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159586122762.680.1361378513036616007@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Author: David G. Johnston

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-21 20:23:09 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
bfd78c0b41 docs: add COMMENT examples for new features, rename rtree
Reported-by: Jürgen Purtz

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15ec5428-d46a-1725-f38d-44986a977abb@purtz.de

Author: Jürgen Purtz

Backpatch-through: 11
2020-08-21 18:29:37 -04:00
Fujii Masao
9d701e624f Rework EXPLAIN for planner's buffer usage.
Commit ce77abe63c allowed EXPLAIN (BUFFERS) to report the information
on buffer usage during planning phase. However three issues were
reported regarding this feature.

(1) Previously, EXPLAIN option BUFFERS required ANALYZE. So the query
    had to be actually executed by specifying ANALYZE even when we
    want to see only the planner's buffer usage. This was inconvenient
    especially when the query was write one like DELETE.

(2) EXPLAIN included the planner's buffer usage in summary
    information. So SUMMARY option had to be enabled to report that.
    Also this format was confusing.

(3) The output structure for planning information was not consistent
    between TEXT format and the others. For example, "Planning" tag
    was output in JSON format, but not in TEXT format.

For (1), this commit allows us to perform EXPLAIN (BUFFERS) without
ANALYZE to report the planner's buffer usage.

For (2), this commit changed EXPLAIN output so that the planner's
buffer usage is reported before summary information.

For (3), this commit made the output structure for planning
information more consistent between the formats.

Back-patch to v13 where the planner's buffer usage was allowed to
be reported in EXPLAIN.

Reported-by: Pierre Giraud, David Rowley
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Julien Rouhaud, Pierre Giraud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/07b226e6-fa49-687f-b110-b7c37572f69e@dalibo.com
2020-08-21 20:48:59 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
0784c33372
Revise REINDEX CONCURRENTLY recovery instructions
When the leftover invalid index is "ccold", there's no need to re-run
the command.  Reword the instructions to make that explicit.

Backpatch to 12, where REINDEX CONCURRENTLY appeared.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200819211312.GA15497@alvherre.pgsql
2020-08-20 13:49:04 -04:00
Fujii Masao
3e98c0bafb Add pg_backend_memory_contexts system view.
This view displays the usages of all the memory contexts of the server
process attached to the current session. This information is useful to
investigate the cause of backend-local memory bloat.

This information can be also collected by calling
MemoryContextStats(TopMemoryContext) via a debugger. But this technique
cannot be uesd in some environments because no debugger is available there.
And it outputs lots of text messages and it's not easy to analyze them.
So, pg_backend_memory_contexts view allows us to access to backend-local
memory contexts information more easily.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara, Andres Freund, Daniel Gustafsson, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/72a656e0f71d0860161e0b3f67e4d771@oss.nttdata.com
2020-08-19 15:34:43 +09:00
Michael Paquier
adbe62d04b Add PL/Sample to src/test/modules/
PL/Sample is an example template of procedural-language handler.  This
can be used as a base to implement a custom PL, or as a facility to test
APIs dedicated to PLs.  Much more could be done in this module, like
adding a simple validator, but this is left as future work.

The documentation included originally some C code to understand the
basics of PL handler implementation, but it was outdated, and not really
helpful either if trying to implement a new procedural language,
particularly when it came to the integration of a PL installation with
CREATE EXTENSION.

Author: Mark Wong
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200612172648.GA3327@2ndQuadrant.com
2020-08-18 11:10:50 +09:00
Tom Lane
22e75a341e Doc: fix description of UNION/CASE/etc type unification.
The description of what select_common_type() does was not terribly
accurate.  Improve it.

David Johnston and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1019930.1597613200@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-08-17 15:40:07 -04:00
Michael Paquier
b4f16397af doc: Fix description about bgwriter and checkpoint in HA section
Since 806a2ae, the work of the bgwriter is split the checkpointer, but a
portion of the documentation did not get the message.

Author: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6jXxjAtjMVC=wG3=QGpauZBtcgN3Jhw+oV7zXGKVLKzQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-17 10:23:17 +09:00
Tom Lane
db659a3416 Doc: various improvements for pg_basebackup reference page.
Put the -r option in the right section (it certainly isn't an
option controlling "the location and format of the output").

Clarify the behavior of the tablespace and waldir options
(that part per gripe from robert@interactive.co.uk).

Make a large number of small copy-editing fixes in text that
visibly wasn't written by native speakers, and try to avoid
grammatical inconsistencies between the descriptions of
the different options.

Back-patch to v13, since HEAD hasn't meaningfully diverged yet.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159749418850.14322.216503677134569752@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-08-15 15:44:23 -04:00
Noah Misch
566372b3d6 Prevent concurrent SimpleLruTruncate() for any given SLRU.
The SimpleLruTruncate() header comment states the new coding rule.  To
achieve this, add locktype "frozenid" and two LWLocks.  This closes a
rare opportunity for data loss, which manifested as "apparent
wraparound" or "could not access status of transaction" errors.  Data
loss is more likely in pg_multixact, due to released branches' thin
margin between multiStopLimit and multiWrapLimit.  If a user's physical
replication primary logged ":  apparent wraparound" messages, the user
should rebuild standbys of that primary regardless of symptoms.  At less
risk is a cluster having emitted "not accepting commands" errors or
"must be vacuumed" warnings at some point.  One can test a cluster for
this data loss by running VACUUM FREEZE in every database.  Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218073103.GA1434723@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-08-15 10:15:53 -07:00
Tom Lane
0038f94387 Fix postmaster's behavior during smart shutdown.
Up to now, upon receipt of a SIGTERM ("smart shutdown" command), the
postmaster has immediately killed all "optional" background processes,
and subsequently refused to launch new ones while it's waiting for
foreground client processes to exit.  No doubt this seemed like an OK
policy at some point; but it's a pretty bad one now, because it makes
for a seriously degraded environment for the remaining clients:

* Parallel queries are killed, and new ones fail to launch. (And our
parallel-query infrastructure utterly fails to deal with the case
in a reasonable way --- it just hangs waiting for workers that are
not going to arrive.  There is more work needed in that area IMO.)

* Autovacuum ceases to function.  We can tolerate that for awhile,
but if bulk-update queries continue to run in the surviving client
sessions, there's eventually going to be a mess.  In the worst case
the system could reach a forced shutdown to prevent XID wraparound.

* The bgwriter and walwriter are also stopped immediately, likely
resulting in performance degradation.

Hence, let's rearrange things so that the only immediate change in
behavior is refusing to let in new normal connections.  Once the last
normal connection is gone, shut everything down as though we'd received
a "fast" shutdown.  To implement this, remove the PM_WAIT_BACKUP and
PM_WAIT_READONLY states, instead staying in PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY
while normal connections remain.  A subsidiary state variable tracks
whether or not we're letting in new connections in those states.

This also allows having just one copy of the logic for killing child
processes in smart and fast shutdown modes.  I moved that logic into
PostmasterStateMachine() by inventing a new state PM_STOP_BACKENDS.

Back-patch to 9.6 where parallel query was added.  In principle
this'd be a good idea in 9.5 as well, but the risk/reward ratio
is not as good there, since lack of autovacuum is not a problem
during typical uses of smart shutdown.

Per report from Bharath Rupireddy.

Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXAZ5vKxT9P7P89D87i3MDO9bfS+_bjMHgnWJs8uwUOOw@mail.gmail.com
2020-08-14 13:26:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
a9306f10b9 Doc: improve examples for json_populate_record() and related functions.
Make these examples self-contained by providing declarations of the
user-defined row types they rely on.  There wasn't room to do this
in the old doc format, but now there is, and I think it makes the
examples a good bit less confusing.
2020-08-13 20:00:38 -04:00
Noah Misch
cec57b1a0f Document clashes between logical replication and untrusted users.
Back-patch to v10, which introduced logical replication.

Security: CVE-2020-14349
2020-08-10 09:22:54 -07:00
Tom Lane
7eeb1d9861 Make contrib modules' installation scripts more secure.
Hostile objects located within the installation-time search_path could
capture references in an extension's installation or upgrade script.
If the extension is being installed with superuser privileges, this
opens the door to privilege escalation.  While such hazards have existed
all along, their urgency increases with the v13 "trusted extensions"
feature, because that lets a non-superuser control the installation path
for a superuser-privileged script.  Therefore, make a number of changes
to make such situations more secure:

* Tweak the construction of the installation-time search_path to ensure
that references to objects in pg_catalog can't be subverted; and
explicitly add pg_temp to the end of the path to prevent attacks using
temporary objects.

* Disable check_function_bodies within installation/upgrade scripts,
so that any security gaps in SQL-language or PL-language function bodies
cannot create a risk of unwanted installation-time code execution.

* Adjust lookup of type input/receive functions and join estimator
functions to complain if there are multiple candidate functions.  This
prevents capture of references to functions whose signature is not the
first one checked; and it's arguably more user-friendly anyway.

* Modify various contrib upgrade scripts to ensure that catalog
modification queries are executed with secure search paths.  (These
are in-place modifications with no extension version changes, since
it is the update process itself that is at issue, not the end result.)

Extensions that depend on other extensions cannot be made fully secure
by these methods alone; therefore, revert the "trusted" marking that
commit eb67623c9 applied to earthdistance and hstore_plperl, pending
some better solution to that set of issues.

Also add documentation around these issues, to help extension authors
write secure installation scripts.

Patch by me, following an observation by Andres Freund; thanks
to Noah Misch for review.

Security: CVE-2020-14350
2020-08-10 10:44:42 -04:00
Tom Lane
20e7e1fe31 Remove <@ from contrib/intarray's GiST operator classes.
Since commit efc77cf5f, an indexed query using <@ has required a
full-index scan, so that it actually performs worse than a plain seqscan
would do.  As I noted at the time, we'd be better off to not treat <@ as
being indexable by such indexes at all; and that's what this patch does.

It would have been difficult to remove these opclass members without
dropping the whole opclass before commit 9f9682783 fixed GiST opclass
member dependency rules, but now it's quite simple, so let's do it.

I left the existing support code in place for the time being, with
comments noting it's now unreachable.  At some point, perhaps we should
remove that code in favor of throwing an error telling people to upgrade
the extension version.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2176979.1596389859@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/458.1565114141@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-08-08 17:26:29 -04:00
Amit Kapila
7259736a6e Implement streaming mode in ReorderBuffer.
Instead of serializing the transaction to disk after reaching the
logical_decoding_work_mem limit in memory, we consume the changes we have
in memory and invoke stream API methods added by commit 45fdc9738b.
However, sometimes if we have incomplete toast or speculative insert we
spill to the disk because we can't generate the complete tuple and stream.
And, as soon as we get the complete tuple we stream the transaction
including the serialized changes.

We can do this incremental processing thanks to having assignments
(associating subxact with toplevel xacts) in WAL right away, and
thanks to logging the invalidation messages at each command end. These
features are added by commits 0bead9af48 and c55040ccd0 respectively.

Now that we can stream in-progress transactions, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).

We handle such failures by returning ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK
sqlerrcode from system table scan APIs to the backend or WALSender
decoding a specific uncommitted transaction. The decoding logic on the
receipt of such a sqlerrcode aborts the decoding of the current
transaction and continue with the decoding of other transactions.

We have ReorderBufferTXN pointer in each ReorderBufferChange by which we
know which xact it belongs to.  The output plugin can use this to decide
which changes to discard in case of stream_abort_cb (e.g. when a subxact
gets discarded).

We also provide a new option via SQL APIs to fetch the changes being
streamed.

Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, Nikhil Sontakke
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh, Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
2020-08-08 07:47:06 +05:30
Bruce Momjian
a677535247 doc: clarify "state" table reference in tutorial
Reported-by: Vyacheslav Shablistyy

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159586122762.680.1361378513036616007@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-08-05 17:12:10 -04:00
Tom Lane
eeb01e3122 Doc: fix obsolete info about allowed range of TZ offsets in timetz.
We've allowed UTC offsets up to +/- 15:59 since commit cd0ff9c0f, but
that commit forgot to fix the documentation about timetz.

Per bug #16571 from osdba.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16571-eb7501598de78c8a@postgresql.org
2020-08-03 13:11:16 -04:00
Tom Lane
5f28b21eb3 Fix behavior of ecpg's "EXEC SQL elif name".
This ought to work much like C's "#elif defined(name)"; but the code
implemented it in a way equivalent to endif followed by ifdef, so that
it didn't matter whether any previous branch of the IF construct had
succeeded.  Fix that; add some test cases covering elif and nested IFs;
and improve the documentation, which also seemed a bit confused.

AFAICS the code has been like this since the feature was added in 1999
(commit b57b0e044).  So while it's surely wrong, there might be code
out there relying on the current behavior.  Hence, don't back-patch
into stable branches.  It seems all right to fix it in v13 though.

Per report from Ashutosh Sharma.  Reviewed by Ashutosh Sharma and
Michael Meskes.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0P=dQk9X0cU2tN49S7a9tv733-e1pVdpB1P-pWJ5PdTktg@mail.gmail.com
2020-08-03 09:46:12 -04:00
Michael Paquier
b8fdee7d0c Add %P to log_line_prefix for parallel group leader
This is useful for monitoring purposes with log parsing.  Similarly to
pg_stat_activity, the leader's PID is shown only for active parallel
workers, minimizing the log footprint for the leaders as the equivalent
shared memory field is set as long as a backend is alive.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200315111831.GA21492@telsasoft.com
2020-08-03 13:38:48 +09:00
Tom Lane
533020d050 Fix minor issues in psql's new \dAc and related commands.
The type-name pattern in \dAc and \dAf was matched only to the actual
pg_type.typname string, which is fairly user-unfriendly in cases where
that is not what's shown to the user by format_type (compare "_int4"
and "integer[]").  Make this code match what \dT does, i.e. match the
pattern against either typname or format_type() output.  Also fix its
broken handling of schema-name restrictions.  (IOW, make these
processSQLNamePattern calls match \dT's.)  While here, adjust
whitespace to make the query a little prettier in -E output, too.

Also improve some inaccuracies and shaky grammar in the related
documentation.

Noted while working on a patch for intarray's opclasses; I wondered
why I couldn't get a match to "integer*" for the input type name.
2020-08-02 17:00:26 -04:00
Noah Misch
cd5e82256d Change XID and mxact limits to warn at 40M and stop at 3M.
We have edge-case bugs when assigning values in the last few dozen pages
before the wrap limit.  We may introduce similar bugs in the future.  At
default BLCKSZ, this makes such bugs unreachable outside of single-user
mode.  Also, when VACUUM began to consume mxacts, multiStopLimit did not
change to compensate.

pg_upgrade may fail on a cluster that was already printing "must be
vacuumed" warnings.  Follow the warning's instructions to clear the
warning, then run pg_upgrade again.  One can still, peacefully consume
98% of XIDs or mxacts, so DBAs need not change routine VACUUM settings.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200621083513.GA3074645@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-08-01 15:31:01 -07:00
Tom Lane
9f9682783b Invent "amadjustmembers" AM method for validating opclass members.
This allows AM-specific knowledge to be applied during creation of
pg_amop and pg_amproc entries.  Specifically, the AM knows better than
core code which entries to consider as required or optional.  Giving
the latter entries the appropriate sort of dependency allows them to
be dropped without taking out the whole opclass or opfamily; which
is something we'd like to have to correct obsolescent entries in
extensions.

This callback also opens the door to performing AM-specific validity
checks during opclass creation, rather than hoping than an opclass
developer will remember to test with "amvalidate".  For the most part
I've not actually added any such checks yet; that can happen in a
follow-on patch.  (Note that we shouldn't remove any tests from
"amvalidate", as those are still needed to cross-check manually
constructed entries in the initdb data.  So adding tests to
"amadjustmembers" will be somewhat duplicative, but it seems like
a good idea anyway.)

Patch by me, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov, Hamid Akhtar, and
Anastasia Lubennikova.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4578.1565195302@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-08-01 17:12:47 -04:00
Thomas Munro
84b1c63ad4 Preallocate some DSM space at startup.
Create an optional region in the main shared memory segment that can be
used to acquire and release "fast" DSM segments, and can benefit from
huge pages allocated at cluster startup time, if configured.  Fall back
to the existing mechanisms when that space is full.  The size is
controlled by a new GUC min_dynamic_shared_memory, defaulting to 0.

Main region DSM segments initially contain whatever garbage the memory
held last time they were used, rather than zeroes.  That change revealed
that DSA areas failed to initialize themselves correctly in memory that
wasn't zeroed first, so fix that problem.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLAE2QBv-WgGp%2BD9P_J-%3Dyne3zof9nfMaqq1h3EGHFXYQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-07-31 17:49:58 +12:00
Tatsuo Ishii
cab2556f3a Doc: fix high availability solutions comparison.
In "High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication" chapter,
certain descriptions of Pgpool-II were not correct at this point.  It
does not need conflict resolution. Also "Multiple-Server Parallel
Query Execution" is not supported anymore.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200726.230128.53842489850344110.t-ishii%40sraoss.co.jp
Author: Tatsuo Ishii
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-07-31 07:18:41 +09:00
Michael Paquier
903134fcc0 doc: Mention index references in pg_inherits
Partitioned indexes are also registered in pg_inherits, but the
description of this catalog did not reflect that.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87k0ynj35y.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
Backpatch-through: 11
2020-07-30 15:48:44 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan
d6c08e29e7 Add hash_mem_multiplier GUC.
Add a GUC that acts as a multiplier on work_mem.  It gets applied when
sizing executor node hash tables that were previously size constrained
using work_mem alone.

The new GUC can be used to preferentially give hash-based nodes more
memory than the generic work_mem limit.  It is intended to enable admin
tuning of the executor's memory usage.  Overall system throughput and
system responsiveness can be improved by giving hash-based executor
nodes more memory (especially over sort-based alternatives, which are
often much less sensitive to being memory constrained).

The default value for hash_mem_multiplier is 1.0, which is also the
minimum valid value.  This means that hash-based nodes continue to apply
work_mem in the traditional way by default.

hash_mem_multiplier is generally useful.  However, it is being added now
due to concerns about hash aggregate performance stability for users
that upgrade to Postgres 13 (which added disk-based hash aggregation in
commit 1f39bce0).  While the old hash aggregate behavior risked
out-of-memory errors, it is nevertheless likely that many users actually
benefited.  Hash agg's previous indifference to work_mem during query
execution was not just faster; it also accidentally made aggregation
resilient to grouping estimate problems (at least in cases where this
didn't create destabilizing memory pressure).

hash_mem_multiplier can provide a certain kind of continuity with the
behavior of Postgres 12 hash aggregates in cases where the planner
incorrectly estimates that all groups (plus related allocations) will
fit in work_mem/hash_mem.  This seems necessary because hash-based
aggregation is usually much slower when only a small fraction of all
groups can fit.  Even when it isn't possible to totally avoid hash
aggregates that spill, giving hash aggregation more memory will reliably
improve performance (the same cannot be said for external sort
operations, which appear to be almost unaffected by memory availability
provided it's at least possible to get a single merge pass).

The PostgreSQL 13 release notes should advise users that increasing
hash_mem_multiplier can help with performance regressions associated
with hash aggregation.  That can be taken care of by a later commit.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Álvaro Herrera, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200625203629.7m6yvut7eqblgmfo@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmD%2Bi1pG6rc1%2BCjc4V6EaFJ_qSuKCCHVnH%3DoruqD-zqow%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
2020-07-29 14:14:58 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan
f36e82072c Doc: Remove obsolete CREATE AGGREGATE note.
The planner is in fact willing to use hash aggregation when work_mem is
not set high enough for everything to fit in memory.  This has been the
case since commit 1f39bce0, which added disk-based hash aggregation.

There are a few remaining cases in which hash aggregation is avoided as
a matter of policy when the planner surmises that spilling will be
necessary.  For example, callers of choose_hashed_setop() still
conservatively avoid hash aggregation when spilling is anticipated.
That doesn't seem like a good enough reason to mention hash aggregation
in this context.

Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
2020-07-28 16:59:01 -07:00
David Rowley
d7c8576ebe Doc: Improve documentation for pg_jit_available()
Per complaint from Scott Ribe. Based on wording suggestion from Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1956E806-1468-4417-9A9D-235AE1D5FE1A@elevated-dev.com
Backpatch-through: 11, where pg_jit_available() was added
2020-07-28 22:52:03 +12:00
Amit Kapila
45fdc9738b Extend the logical decoding output plugin API with stream methods.
This adds seven methods to the output plugin API, adding support for
streaming changes of large in-progress transactions.

* stream_start
* stream_stop
* stream_abort
* stream_commit
* stream_change
* stream_message
* stream_truncate

Most of this is a simple extension of the existing methods, with
the semantic difference that the transaction (or subtransaction)
is incomplete and may be aborted later (which is something the
regular API does not really need to deal with).

This also extends the 'test_decoding' plugin, implementing these
new stream methods.

The stream_start/start_stop are used to demarcate a chunk of changes
streamed for a particular toplevel transaction.

This commit simply adds these new APIs and the upcoming patch to "allow
the streaming mode in ReorderBuffer" will use these APIs.

Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
2020-07-28 08:09:44 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan
bcbf9446a2 Remove hashagg_avoid_disk_plan GUC.
Note: This GUC was originally named enable_hashagg_disk when it appeared
in commit 1f39bce0, which added disk-based hash aggregation.  It was
subsequently renamed in commit 92c58fd9.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d9d1e1252a52ea1bad84ea40dbebfd54e672a0f.camel%40j-davis.com
Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
2020-07-27 17:53:19 -07:00
Michael Paquier
11a68e4b53 Tweak behavior of pg_stat_activity.leader_pid
The initial implementation of leader_pid in pg_stat_activity added by
b025f32 took the approach to strictly print what a PGPROC entry
includes.  In short, if a backend has been involved in parallel query at
least once, leader_pid would remain set as long as the backend is alive.
For a parallel group leader, this means that the field would always be
set after it participated at least once in parallel query, and after
more discussions this could be confusing if using for example a
connection pooler.

This commit changes the data printed so as leader_pid becomes always
NULL for a parallel group leader, showing up a non-NULL value only for
the parallel workers, and actually as long as a parallel query is
running as workers are shut down once the query has completed.

This does not change the definition of any catalog, so no catalog bump
is needed.  Per discussion with Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera, Julien
Rouhaud and me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200721035145.GB17300@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 13
2020-07-26 16:32:11 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
5733fa0fe4 doc: Document that ssl_ciphers does not affect TLS 1.3
TLS 1.3 uses a different way of specifying ciphers and a different
OpenSSL API.  PostgreSQL currently does not support setting those
ciphers.  For now, just document this.  In the future, support for
this might be added somehow.

Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jkatz@postgresql.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2020-07-23 20:37:56 +02:00
Tom Lane
a57d312a77 Support infinity and -infinity in the numeric data type.
Add infinities that behave the same as they do in the floating-point
data types.  Aside from any intrinsic usefulness these may have,
this closes an important gap in our ability to convert floating
values to numeric and/or replace float-based APIs with numeric.

The new values are represented by bit patterns that were formerly
not used (although old code probably would take them for NaNs).
So there shouldn't be any pg_upgrade hazard.

Patch by me, reviewed by Dean Rasheed and Andrew Gierth

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/606717.1591924582@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-07-22 19:19:44 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
606c384598
Glossary: Add term "base backup"
Author: Jürgen Purtz <juergen@purtz.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95f90a5d-7692-701d-2c0c-0c88eb5cea7d@purtz.de
2020-07-21 13:11:23 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
a0b2d583db
Minor glossary tweaks
Add "(process)" qualifier to two terms, remove self-reference in one
term.

Author: Jürgen Purtz <juergen@purtz.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95f90a5d-7692-701d-2c0c-0c88eb5cea7d@purtz.de
2020-07-21 13:09:42 -04:00
Tom Lane
fc032bed2f Be more careful about marking catalog columns NOT NULL by default.
The bug fixed in commit 72eab84a5 would not have occurred if initdb
had a less surprising rule about which columns should be marked
NOT NULL by default.  Let's make that rule be strictly that the
column must be fixed-width and its predecessors must be fixed-width
and NOT NULL, removing the hacky and unsafe exceptions for oidvector
and int2vector.

Since we do still want all existing oidvector and int2vector columns
to be marked NOT NULL, we have to put BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL labels on
them.  But making this less magic and more documented seems like a
good idea, even if it's a shade more verbose.

I didn't bump catversion since the initial catalog contents are
not actually changed by this patch.  Note however that the
contents of postgres.bki do change, and feeding an old copy of
that to a new backend will produce wrong results.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/204760.1595181800@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-07-21 13:03:48 -04:00
Tom Lane
3e66019f15 Assert that we don't insert nulls into attnotnull catalog columns.
The executor checks for this error, and so does the bootstrap catalog
loader, but we never checked for it in retail catalog manipulations.
The folly of that has now been exposed, so let's add assertions
checking it.  Checking in CatalogTupleInsert[WithInfo] and
CatalogTupleUpdate[WithInfo] should be enough to cover this.

Back-patch to v10; the aforesaid functions didn't exist before that,
and it didn't seem worth adapting the patch to the oldest branches.
But given the risk of JIT crashes, I think we certainly need this
as far back as v11.

Pre-v13, we have to explicitly exclude pg_subscription.subslotname
and pg_subscription_rel.srsublsn from the checks, since they are
mismarked.  (Even if we change our mind about applying BKI_FORCE_NULL
in the branch tips, it doesn't seem wise to have assertions that
would fire in existing databases.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/298837.1595196283@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-07-21 12:38:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
0fa0b487b5 Correctly mark pg_subscription_rel.srsublsn as nullable.
The code has always set this column to NULL when it's not valid,
but the catalog header's description failed to reflect that,
as did the SGML docs, as did some of the code.  To prevent future
coding errors of the same ilk, let's hide the field from C code
as though it were variable-length (which, in a sense, it is).

As with commit 72eab84a5, we can only fix this cleanly in HEAD
and v13; the problem extends further back but we'll need some
klugery in the released branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/367660.1595202498@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-07-20 14:55:56 -04:00
Fujii Masao
c3fe108c02 Rename wal_keep_segments to wal_keep_size.
max_slot_wal_keep_size that was added in v13 and wal_keep_segments are
the GUC parameters to specify how much WAL files to retain for
the standby servers. While max_slot_wal_keep_size accepts the number of
bytes of WAL files, wal_keep_segments accepts the number of WAL files.
This difference of setting units between those similar parameters could
be confusing to users.

To alleviate this situation, this commit renames wal_keep_segments to
wal_keep_size, and make users specify the WAL size in it instead of
the number of WAL files.

There was also the idea to rename max_slot_wal_keep_size to
max_slot_wal_keep_segments, in the discussion. But we have been moving
away from measuring in segments, for example, checkpoint_segments was
replaced by max_wal_size. So we concluded to rename wal_keep_segments
to wal_keep_size.

Back-patch to v13 where max_slot_wal_keep_size was added.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/574b4ea3-e0f9-b175-ead2-ebea7faea855@oss.nttdata.com
2020-07-20 13:30:18 +09:00
Fujii Masao
d05b172a76 Add generic_plans and custom_plans fields into pg_prepared_statements.
There was no easy way to find how many times generic and custom plans
have been executed for a prepared statement. This commit exposes those
numbers of times in pg_prepared_statements view.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Tatsuro Yamada, Masahiro Ikeda, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACZ0uYHZ4M=NZpofH6JuPHeX=__5xcDELF8hT8_2T+R55w4RQw@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-20 11:55:50 +09:00
Tom Lane
72eab84a56 Correctly mark pg_subscription.subslotname as nullable.
Due to the layout of this catalog, subslotname has to be explicitly
marked BKI_FORCE_NULL, else initdb will default to the assumption
that it's non-nullable.  Since, in fact, CREATE/ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
will store null values there, the existing marking is just wrong,
and has been since this catalog was invented.

We haven't noticed because not much in the system actually depends
on attnotnull being truthful.  However, JIT'ed tuple deconstruction
does depend on that in some cases, allowing crashes or wrong answers
in queries that inspect pg_subscription.  Commit 9de77b545 quite
accidentally exposed this on the buildfarm members that force JIT
activation.

Back-patch to v13.  The problem goes further back, but we cannot
force initdb in released branches, so some klugier solution will
be needed there.  Before working on that, push this simple fix
to try to get the buildfarm back to green.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4118109.1595096139@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-07-19 12:37:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
9de77b5453 Allow logical replication to transfer data in binary format.
This patch adds a "binary" option to CREATE/ALTER SUBSCRIPTION.
When that's set, the publisher will send data using the data type's
typsend function if any, rather than typoutput.  This is generally
faster, if slightly less robust.

As committed, we won't try to transfer user-defined array or composite
types in binary, for fear that type OIDs won't match at the subscriber.
This might be changed later, but it seems like fit material for a
follow-on patch.

Dave Cramer, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson, Petr Jelinek, and others;
adjusted some by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADK3HH+R3xMn=8t3Ct+uD+qJ1KD=Hbif5NFMJ+d5DkoCzp6Vgw@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-18 12:44:51 -04:00
Michael Paquier
9add405014 doc: Refresh more URLs in the docs
This updates some URLs that are redirections, mostly to an equivalent
using https.  One URL referring to generalized partial indexes was
outdated.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200717.121308.1369606287593685396.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-07-18 22:43:35 +09:00
Michael Paquier
b74d449a02 doc: Fix description of \copy for psql
The WHERE clause introduced by 31f3817 was not described.  While on it,
split the grammar of \copy FROM and TO into two distinct parts for
clarity as they support different set of options.

Author: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm3zWr=OmxeNqOqfT=uZTSdam_j-gkX94CL8eTNfgUtf6A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-07-18 10:42:41 +09:00
Tom Lane
f009591d6e Cope with data-offset-less archive files during out-of-order restores.
pg_dump produces custom-format archive files that lack data offsets
when it is unable to seek its output.  Up to now that's been a hazard
for pg_restore.  But if pg_restore is able to seek in the archive
file, there is no reason to throw up our hands when asked to restore
data blocks out of order.  Instead, whenever we are searching for a
data block, record the locations of the blocks we passed over (that
is, fill in the missing data-offset fields in our in-memory copy of
the TOC data).  Then, when we hit a case that requires going
backwards, we can just seek back.

Also track the furthest point that we've searched to, and seek back
to there when beginning a search for a new data block.  This avoids
possible O(N^2) time consumption, by ensuring that each data block
is examined at most twice.  (On Unix systems, that's at most twice
per parallel-restore job; but since Windows uses threads here, the
threads can share block location knowledge, reducing the amount of
duplicated work.)

We can also improve the code a bit by using fseeko() to skip over
data blocks during the search.

This is all of some use even in simple restores, but it's really
significant for parallel pg_restore.  In that case, we require
seekability of the input already, and we will very probably need
to do out-of-order restores.

Back-patch to v12, as this fixes a regression introduced by commit
548e50976.  Before that, parallel restore avoided requesting
out-of-order restores, so it would work on a data-offset-less
archive.  Now it will again.

Ideally this patch would include some test coverage, but there are
other open bugs that need to be fixed before we can extend our
coverage of parallel restore very much.  Plan to revisit that later.

David Gilman and Tom Lane; reviewed by Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALBH9DDuJ+scZc4MEvw5uO-=vRyR2=QF9+Yh=3hPEnKHWfS81A@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-17 13:04:05 -04:00
Thomas Munro
d2bddc2500 Add huge_page_size setting for use on Linux.
This allows the huge page size to be set explicitly.  The default is 0,
meaning it will use the system default, as before.

Author: Odin Ugedal <odin@ugedal.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200608154639.20254-1-odin%40ugedal.com
2020-07-17 14:33:00 +12:00
Michael Paquier
2a10fdc430 Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses
When using the following functions, users could see various types of
errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that
can only be used for internal errors:
* pg_describe_object()
* pg_identify_object()
* pg_identify_object_as_address()

The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made
smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to
control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object.  The SQL
functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is
missing.

Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where
these are undefined.  Before this commit, these cases failed with cache
lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the
object type requested).

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 09:03:10 +09:00
Amit Kapila
d973747281 Revert "Track statistics for spilling of changes from ReorderBuffer".
The stats with this commit was available only for WALSenders, however,
users might want to see for backends doing logical decoding via SQL API.
Then, users might want to reset and access these stats across server
restart which was not possible with the current patch.

List of commits reverted:

caa3c4242c   Don't call elog() while holding spinlock.
e641b2a995   Doc: Update the documentation for spilled transaction
statistics.
5883f5fe27   Fix unportable printf format introduced in commit 9290ad198.
9290ad198b   Track statistics for spilling of changes from ReorderBuffer.

Additionaly, remove the release notes entry for this feature.

Backpatch-through: 13, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-13 08:53:23 +05:30
Michael Paquier
b1e48bbe64 Include replication origins in SQL functions for commit timestamp
This includes two changes:
- Addition of a new function pg_xact_commit_timestamp_origin() able, for
a given transaction ID, to return the commit timestamp and replication
origin of this transaction.  An equivalent function existed in
pglogical.
- Addition of the replication origin to pg_last_committed_xact().

The commit timestamp manager includes already APIs able to return the
replication origin of a transaction on top of its commit timestamp, but
the code paths for replication origins were never stressed as those
functions have never looked for a replication origin, and the SQL
functions available have never included this information since their
introduction in 73c986a.

While on it, refactor a test of modules/commit_ts/ to use tstzrange() to
check that a transaction timestamp is within the wanted range, making
the test a bit easier to read.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Movead Li
Reviewed-by: Madan Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2020051116430836450630@highgo.ca
2020-07-12 20:47:15 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
64fe120b57 doc: Add link from pg_dump --encoding to supported encodings
Reported-by: Lee Dong Wook <sh95119@gmail.com>
2020-07-11 13:47:29 +02:00
Tom Lane
e91cd951b1 Doc: update or remove dead external links.
Re-point comp.ai.genetic FAQ link to a more stable address.

Remove stale links to AIX documentation; we don't really need to
tell AIX users how to use their systems.

Remove stale links to HP documentation about SSL.  We've had to
update those twice before, making it increasingly obvious that
HP does not intend them to be stable landing points.  They're
not particularly authoritative, either.  (This change effectively
reverts bbd3bdba3.)

Daniel Gustafsson and Álvaro Herrera, per a gripe from
Kyotaro Horiguchi.  Back-patch, since these links are
just as dead in the back branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200709.161226.204639179120026914.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2020-07-10 13:16:19 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
72a16cb3ee Add missing <application> tags in application doc <refentrytitle>s
Most of them already have this, but some were missing.

Author: Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/87o8pco34z.fsf%40wibble.ilmari.org
2020-07-10 16:51:29 +02:00
Fujii Masao
a5cd7047e7 doc: Correct the description about the length of pg_stat_activity.query.
pg_stat_activity.query text is truncated at 1024 bytes. But previously
the document described that it's truncated at 1024 characters.
This was not accurate when considering multibyte characters.

Back-patch to v10 where this inaccurate description was added.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd5b49a5a14e887542f5f569c1c6bde2@oss.nttdata.com
2020-07-09 13:31:33 +09:00
Andres Freund
7c89f8a5b8 docs: replace 'master process' with 'supervisor process' where appropriate.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200615182235.x7lch5n6kcjq4aue@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-07-08 13:20:15 -07:00
Andres Freund
09dfd43011 docs: replace 'master' with 'root' where appropriate.
These uses of 'master' refer to partitioning / inheritance. 'root'
seems more descriptive than 'master'.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200615182235.x7lch5n6kcjq4aue@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-07-08 13:08:34 -07:00
Andres Freund
9e101cf606 docs: replace 'master' with 'primary' where appropriate.
Also changed "in the primary" to "on the primary", and added a few
"the" before "primary".

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200615182235.x7lch5n6kcjq4aue@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-07-08 13:03:32 -07:00
Andres Freund
e07633646a code: replace 'master' with 'leader' where appropriate.
Leader already is the more widely used terminology, but a few places
didn't get the message.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200615182235.x7lch5n6kcjq4aue@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-07-08 12:58:32 -07:00
Michael Paquier
d92be26910 doc: Fix inconsistencies in GIN, BRIN and SP-GiST for optional opclass methods
The GIN and SP-GiST parts were out-of-sync since the changes of 14903f2,
and the BRIN part was wrong since its introduction in 15cb2bd.

Author: Guillaume Lelarge
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAECtzeXKvEPEr967h0PRYRi39uTmdEms=oUtc_PWGjZRNN1prw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2020-07-08 10:41:53 +09:00
Tom Lane
f3faf35f37 Don't create pg_type entries for sequences or toast tables.
Commit f7f70d5e2 left one inconsistency behind: we're still creating
pg_type entries for the composite types of sequences and toast tables,
but not arrays over those composites.  But there seems precious little
reason to have named composite types for toast tables, and not much more
to have them for sequences (especially given the thought that sequences
may someday not be standalone relations at all).

So, let's close that inconsistency by removing these composite types,
rather than adding arrays for them.  This buys back a little bit of
the initial pg_type bloat added by the previous patch, and could be
a significant savings in a large database with many toast tables.

Aside from a small logic rearrangement in heap_create_with_catalog,
this patch mostly needs to clean up some places that were assuming that
pg_class.reltype always has a valid value.  Those are really pre-existing
bugs, given that it's documented otherwise; notably, the plpgsql changes
fix code that gives "cache lookup failed for type 0" on indexes today.
But none of these seem interesting enough to back-patch.

Also, remove the pg_dump/pg_upgrade infrastructure for propagating
a toast table's pg_type OID into the new database, since we no longer
need that.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/761F1389-C6A8-4C15-80CE-950C961F5341@gmail.com
2020-07-07 15:43:22 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
a8aaa0c786
Morph pg_replication_slots.min_safe_lsn to safe_wal_size
The previous definition of the column was almost universally disliked,
so provide this updated definition which is more useful for monitoring
purposes: a large positive value is good, while zero or a negative value
means danger.  This should be operationally more convenient.

Backpatch to 13, where the new column to pg_replication_slots (and the
feature it represents) were added.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ddfbf8c-2f67-904d-44ed-cf8bc5916228@oss.nttdata.com
2020-07-07 13:08:00 -04:00
Fujii Masao
321fa6a4a2 doc: Add note about possible performance overhead by enabling track_planning.
Enabling pg_stat_statements.track_plaanning may incur a noticeable
performance penalty, especially when a fewer kinds of queries are executed
on many concurrent connections. This commit documents this note.

Back-patch to v13 where pg_stat_statements.track_plaanning was added.

Suggested-by: Pavel Stehule
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRC9Jxa8r5i0TNBWLb8mzuaYzEoLq3QOvip0jVpHPOLbVA@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-06 14:27:09 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
90b2d8c1ad doc: Spell checking 2020-07-05 15:37:57 +02:00
Michael Paquier
8cea55e99b doc: Fix incorrect reference to textout in plpgsql examples
This error has survived for 22 years, and has been introduced by
da63386.

Reported-by: Erwin Brandstetter
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGHENJ57wogGOvGXo5LgWYcqswxafLck8ELqHDR+zrkTPgs_OQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-07-05 19:35:56 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
e61225ffab Rename enable_incrementalsort for clarity
Author: James Coleman <jtc331@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/df652910-e985-9547-152c-9d4357dc3979%402ndquadrant.com
2020-07-05 11:43:08 +02:00
Tom Lane
ca5e93f769 Clamp total-tuples estimates for foreign tables to ensure planner sanity.
After running GetForeignRelSize for a foreign table, adjust rel->tuples
to be at least as large as rel->rows.  This prevents bizarre behavior
in estimate_num_groups() and perhaps other places, especially in the
scenario where rel->tuples is zero because pg_class.reltuples is
(suggesting that ANALYZE has never been run for the table).  As things
stood, we'd end up estimating one group out of any GROUP BY on such a
table, whereas the default group-count estimate is more likely to result
in a sane plan.

Also, clarify in the documentation that GetForeignRelSize has the option
to override the rel->tuples value if it has a better idea of what to use
than what is in pg_class.reltuples.

Per report from Jeff Janes.  Back-patch to all supported branches.

Patch by me; thanks to Etsuro Fujita for review

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xNo9cnan+Npxgz0eK7394xmjmKg-QEm8wYG9P5-CcaqQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-03 19:01:21 -04:00
Fujii Masao
8f9b6d4057 doc: Correct description of restart_lsn in pg_replication_slots
Previously the document explained that restart_lsn indicates the LSN of
oldest WAL won't be automatically removed during checkpoints. But
since v13 this was no longer true thanks to max_slot_wal_keep_size.

Back-patch to v13 where max_slot_wal_keep_size was added.

Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6497f1e9-3148-c5da-7e49-b2fddad9a42f@oss.nttdata.com
2020-07-03 12:08:35 +09:00
Fujii Masao
d1763ea8c9 Change default of pg_stat_statements.track_planning to off.
Since v13 pg_stat_statements is allowed to track the planning time of
statements when track_planning option is enabled. Its default was on.

But this feature could cause more terrible spinlock contentions in
pg_stat_statements. As a result of this, Robins Tharakan reported that
v13 beta1 showed ~45% performance drop at high DB connection counts
(when compared with v12.3) during fully-cached SELECT-only test using
pgbench.

To avoid this performance regression by the default setting,
this commit changes default of pg_stat_statements.track_planning to off.

Back-patch to v13 where pg_stat_statements.track_planning was introduced.

Reported-by: Robins Tharakan
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2895b53b033c47ccb22972b589050dd9@EX13D05UWC001.ant.amazon.com
2020-07-03 11:35:22 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
aa90d9957b doc: clarify that storage parameter values are optional
In a few cases, the documented syntax specified storage parameter values
as required.

Reported-by: galiev_mr@taximaxim.ru

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159283163235.684.4482737698910467437@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-06-30 12:26:51 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
2a06cb86db doc: change pg_upgrade wal_level to be not minimal
Previously it was specified to be only replica.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200618180058.GK7349@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-06-30 11:55:53 -04:00
Fujii Masao
9bae7e4cde Add +(pg_lsn,numeric) and -(pg_lsn,numeric) operators.
By using these operators, the number of bytes can be added into and
subtracted from LSN.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier, Asif Rehman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ed9f7f74-e996-67f8-554a-52ebd3779b3b@oss.nttdata.com
2020-06-30 23:55:07 +09:00
Tom Lane
ea57e531b9 Remove support for timezone "posixrules" file.
The IANA tzcode library has a feature to read a time zone file named
"posixrules" and apply the daylight-savings transition dates and times
therein, when it is given a POSIX-style time zone specification that
lacks an explicit transition rule.  However, there's a problem with
that code: it doesn't work for dates past the Y2038 time_t rollover.
(Effectively, all times beyond that point are treated as standard
time.)  The IANA crew regard this feature as legacy, so their plan is
to remove it not fix it.  The time frame in which that will happen
is unclear, but presumably it'll happen well before 2038.

Moreover, effective with the next IANA data update (probably this
fall), the recommended default will be to not install a "posixrules"
file in the first place.  The time frame in which tzdata packagers
might adopt that suggestion is likewise unclear, but at least some
platforms will probably do it in the next year or so.  While we could
ignore that recommendation so far as PG-supplied tzdata trees are
concerned, builds using --with-system-tzdata will be subject to
whatever the platform's tzdata packager decides to do.

Thus, whether or not we do anything, some increasing fraction of
Postgres users will be exposed to the behavior observed when there
is no "posixrules" file; and if we do nothing, we'll have essentially
no control over the timing of that change.

The best thing to do to ameliorate the uncertainty seems to be to
proactively remove the posixrules-reading feature.  If we do that in
a scheduled release then at least we can release-note the behavioral
change, rather than having users be surprised by it after a routine
tzdata update.

The change in question is fairly minor anyway: to be affected,
you have to be using a POSIX-style timezone spec, it has to not
have an explicit rule, and it has to not be one of the four traditional
continental-USA zone names (EST5EDT, CST6CDT, MST7MDT, or PST8PDT),
as those are special-cased.  Since the default "posixrules" file
provides USA DST rules, the number of people who are likely to find
such a zone spec useful is probably quite small.  Moreover, the
fallback behavior with no explicit rule and no "posixrules" file is to
apply current USA rules, so the only thing that really breaks is the
DST transitions in years before 2007 (and you get the countervailing
fix that transitions after 2038 will be applied).

Now, some installations might have replaced the "posixrules" file,
allowing e.g. EU rules to be applied to a POSIX-style timezone spec.
That won't work anymore.  But it's not exactly clear why this solution
would be preferable to using a regular named zone.  In any case, given
the Y2038 issue, we need to be pushing users to stop depending on this.

Back-patch into v13; it hasn't been released yet, so it seems OK to
change its behavior.  (Personally I think we ought to back-patch
further, but I've been outvoted.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1390.1562258309@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200621211855.6211-1-eggert@cs.ucla.edu
2020-06-29 18:55:01 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
78c887679d Add current substring regular expression syntax
SQL:1999 had syntax

    SUBSTRING(text FROM pattern FOR escapechar)

but this was replaced in SQL:2003 by the more clear

    SUBSTRING(text SIMILAR pattern ESCAPE escapechar)

but this was never implemented in PostgreSQL.  This patch adds that
new syntax as an alternative in the parser, and updates documentation
and tests to indicate that this is the preferred alternative now.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a15db31c-d0f8-8ce0-9039-578a31758adb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-29 11:05:00 +02:00
Noah Misch
96879a0efb Fix documentation of "must be vacuumed within" warning.
Warnings start 10M transactions before xidStopLimit, which is 11M
transactions before wraparound.  The sample WARNING output showed a
value greater than 11M, and its HINT message predated commit
25ec228ef7.  Hence, the sample was
impossible.  Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).
2020-06-27 22:05:04 -07:00
Tom Lane
6e682f61a5 Change libpq's default ssl_min_protocol_version to TLSv1.2.
When we initially created this parameter, in commit ff8ca5fad, we left
the default as "allow any protocol version" on grounds of backwards
compatibility.  However, that's inconsistent with the backend's default
since b1abfec82; protocol versions prior to 1.2 are not considered very
secure; and OpenSSL has had TLSv1.2 support since 2012, so the number
of PG servers that need a lesser minimum is probably quite small.

On top of those things, it emerges that some popular distros (including
Debian and RHEL) set MinProtocol=TLSv1.2 in openssl.cnf.  Thus, far
from having "allow any protocol version" behavior in practice, what
we actually have as things stand is a platform-dependent lower limit.

So, change our minds and set the min version to TLSv1.2.  Anybody
wanting to connect with a new libpq to a pre-2012 server can either
set ssl_min_protocol_version=TLSv1 or accept the fallback to non-SSL.

Back-patch to v13 where the aforementioned patches appeared.

Patch by me, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a9408304-4381-a5af-d259-e55d349ae4ce@2ndquadrant.com
2020-06-27 12:20:33 -04:00
Tom Lane
eca08f58d0 Doc: explain that "timestamp - timestamp" applies justify_hours().
Back-patch to v13; before that, there's not really space for this
kind of detail.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1696f68-fa8d-7759-6a9c-eb293ab1bbc9@gmx.net
2020-06-26 13:54:01 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
81d46ea12c doc: mention trigger helper functions in CREATE TRIGGER docs
Reported-by: petermpallesen@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159195294959.673.5752624528747900508@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-06-25 18:33:28 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d352de8d8e docs: clarify that CREATE DATABASE does not copy db permissions
That is, those database permissions set by GRANT.

Diagnosed-by: Joseph Nahmias

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200614072613.GA21852@nahmias.net

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-06-25 18:22:44 -04:00
Tom Lane
463b808e75 Doc: correct nitpicky mistakes in array_position/array_positions examples.
Daniel Gustafsson and Erik Rijkers, per report from nick@cleaton

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159275646273.679.16940709892308114570@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-06-25 13:28:30 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
b8fd4e02c6
Adjust max_slot_wal_keep_size behavior per review
In pg_replication_slot, change output from normal/reserved/lost to
reserved/extended/unreserved/ lost, which better expresses the possible
states particularly near the time where segments are no longer safe but
checkpoint has not run yet.

Under the new definition, reserved means the slot is consuming WAL
that's still under the normal WAL size constraints; extended means it's
consuming WAL that's being protected by wal_keep_segments or the slot
itself, whose size is below max_slot_wal_keep_size; unreserved means the
WAL is no longer safe, but checkpoint has not yet removed those files.
Such as slot is in imminent danger, but can still continue for a little
while and may catch up to the reserved WAL space.

Also, there were some bugs in the calculations used to report the
status; fixed those.

Backpatch to 13.

Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200616.120236.1809496990963386593.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2020-06-24 14:23:39 -04:00
Jeff Davis
7ce4615601 Doc fixup for hashagg_avoid_disk_plan GUC.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200620220402.GZ17995@telsasoft.com
Backport-through: 13
2020-06-22 12:14:55 -07:00
Michael Paquier
fe186b4c20 Fix inconsistent markups in catalogs.sgml
Some fields related to pg_opclass and pg_opfamily were using incorrect
markups, listing them as structname instead of structfield.

Author: Fabien Coelho
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.22.394.2006210903560.859381@pseudo
2020-06-22 13:40:04 +09:00
Michael Paquier
9550ea3027 Add --no-index-cleanup and --no-truncate to vacuumdb.
Both INDEX_CLEANUP and TRUNCATE have been available since v12, and are
enabled by default except if respectively vacuum_index_cleanup and
vacuum_truncate are disabled for a given relation.  This change adds
support for disabling these options from vacuumdb.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6F7F17EF-B1F2-4681-8D03-BA96365717C0@amazon.com
2020-06-22 13:23:38 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov
14903f238e Language fixes for docs related to opclass options
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200620232145.GB17995%40telsasoft.com
Author: Justin Pryzby
Backpatch-through: 13
2020-06-21 04:51:32 +03:00
Peter Geoghegan
48c6959864 Doc: Tweak description of B-Tree duplicate tuples.
Defining duplicates as "close by" to each other was unclear.  Simplify
the definition.

Backpatch: 13-, where deduplication was introduced (by commit 0d861bbb)
2020-06-20 17:34:07 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov
3be015c9fc Minor corrections to docs related to opclass options
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmwhYbxuoL0WjTLaiCxW3gj6qadeNpBhWAo_KZsE5-FGw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-06-21 00:35:42 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
15cb2bd270 Add documentation for opclass options
911e702077 added opclass options and adjusted documentation for each
particular affected opclass.  However, documentation for extendability was
not adjusted.  This commit adjusts documentation for interfaces of index AMs
and opclasses.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmQnW6%2Bz5F9AW%2BSz%2BzEcEvXofTwh_A9J3%3D_WA-FBP0wYg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
2020-06-20 13:34:54 +03:00
Tom Lane
2c8ef9363d Future-proof regression tests against possibly-missing posixrules file.
The IANA time zone folk have deprecated use of a "posixrules" file in
the tz database.  While for now it's our choice whether to keep
supplying one in our own builds, installations built with
--with-system-tzdata will soon be needing to cope with that file not
being present, at least on some platforms.

This causes a problem for the horology test, which expected the
nonstandard POSIX zone spec "CST7CDT" to apply pre-2007 US daylight
savings rules.  That does happen if the posixrules file supplies such
information, but otherwise the test produces undesired results.
To fix, add an explicit transition date rule that matches 2005 practice.
(We could alternatively have switched the test to use some real time
zone, but it seems useful to have coverage of this type of zone spec.)

While at it, update a documentation example that also relied on
"CST7CDT"; use a real-world zone name instead.  Also, document why
the zone names EST5EDT, CST6CDT, MST7MDT, PST8PDT aren't subject to
similar failures when "posixrules" is missing.

Back-patch to all supported branches, since the hazard is the same
for all.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1665379.1592581287@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-06-19 13:55:36 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
816cbb59e3 Adjust some glossary terms
Mostly in response to Jürgen Purtz critique of previous definitions,
though I added many other changes.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Jürgen Purtz <juergen@purtz.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1e06008-2132-30f4-9b38-877e8683d418@purtz.de
2020-06-19 12:55:43 -04:00
Tom Lane
a3235a53ae Doc: document POSIX-style time zone specifications in full.
We'd glossed over most of this complexity for years, but it's hard
to avoid writing it all down now, so that we can explain what happens
when there's no "posixrules" file in the IANA time zone database.
That was at best a tiny minority situation till now, but it's likely
to become quite common in the future, so we'd better explain it.

Nonetheless, we don't really encourage people to use POSIX zone specs;
picking a named zone is almost always what you really want, unless
perhaps you're stuck with an out-of-date zone database.  Therefore,
let's shove all this detail into an appendix.

Patch by me; thanks to Robert Haas for help with some awkward wording.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1390.1562258309@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-06-18 16:27:40 -04:00
Robert Haas
2fd2effc50 Improve server code to read files as part of a base backup.
Don't use fread(), since that doesn't necessarily set errno. We could
use read() instead, but it's even better to use pg_pread(), which
allows us to avoid some extra calls to seek to the desired location in
the file.

Also, advertise a wait event while reading from a file, as we do for
most other places where we're reading data from files.

Patch by me, reviewed by Hamid Akhtar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobBw-3573vMosGj06r72ajHsYeKtksT_oTxH8XvTL7DxA@mail.gmail.com
2020-06-17 11:39:17 -04:00
Tom Lane
42aa1f0ab3 Doc: fix copy-and-pasteo in ecpg docs.
The synopsis for PGTYPESinterval_free() used the wrong name.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/159231203030.679.3061023914894071953@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2020-06-16 16:41:11 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
4c5cf54314 doc: Document factorial function
This has existed for a very long time, equivalent to the ! and !!
operators, but it was never documented.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6ce1df0e-86a3-e544-743a-f357ff663f68%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-16 05:04:33 +02:00
Thomas Munro
1575fbf1ac Doc: Add references for SI and SSI.
Our documentation failed to point out that REPEATABLE READ is really
snapshot isolation, which might be important to some users.  Point to
the standard reference paper for this complicated topic.

Likewise, add a reference to the VLDB paper about PostgreSQL SSI, for
technical information about our SSI implementation and how it compares
to S2PL.

While here, add a note about catalog access using a lower isolation
level, per recent user complaint.

Back-patch to all releases.

Reported-by: Kyle Kingsbury <aphyr@jepsen.io>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-by: Tatsuo Ishii <ishii@sraoss.co.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db7b729d-0226-d162-a126-8a8ab2dc4443%40jepsen.io
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16454-9408996bb1750faf%40postgresql.org
2020-06-15 13:11:01 +12:00
Michael Paquier
cc072641d4 Replace superuser check by ACLs for replication origin functions
This patch removes the hardcoded check for superuser privileges when
executing replication origin functions.  Instead, execution is revoked
from public, meaning that those functions can be executed by a superuser
and that access to them can be granted.

Author: Martín Marqués
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https:/postgr.es/m/CAPdiE1xJMZOKQL3dgHMUrPqysZkgwzSMXETfKkHYnBAB7-0VRQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-06-14 12:40:37 +09:00
Tom Lane
2f48ede080 Avoid using a cursor in plpgsql's RETURN QUERY statement.
plpgsql has always executed the query given in a RETURN QUERY command
by opening it as a cursor and then fetching a few rows at a time,
which it turns around and dumps into the function's result tuplestore.
The point of this was to keep from blowing out memory with an oversized
SPITupleTable result (note that while a tuplestore can spill tuples
to disk, SPITupleTable cannot).  However, it's rather inefficient, both
because of extra data copying and because of executor entry/exit
overhead.  In recent versions, a new performance problem has emerged:
use of a cursor prevents use of a parallel plan for the executed query.

We can improve matters by skipping use of a cursor and having the
executor push result tuples directly into the function's result
tuplestore.  However, a moderate amount of new infrastructure is needed
to make that idea work:

* We can use the existing tstoreReceiver.c DestReceiver code to funnel
executor output to the tuplestore, but it has to be extended to support
plpgsql's requirement for possibly applying a tuple conversion map.

* SPI needs to be extended to allow use of a caller-supplied
DestReceiver instead of its usual receiver that puts tuples into
a SPITupleTable.  Two new API calls are needed to handle both the
RETURN QUERY and RETURN QUERY EXECUTE cases.

I also felt that I didn't want these new API calls to use the legacy
method of specifying query parameter values with "char" null flags
(the old ' '/'n' convention); rather they should accept ParamListInfo
objects containing the parameter type and value info.  This required
a bit of additional new infrastructure since we didn't yet have any
parse analysis callback that would interpret $N parameter symbols
according to type data supplied in a ParamListInfo.  There seems to be
no harm in letting makeParamList install that callback by default,
rather than leaving a new ParamListInfo's parserSetup hook as NULL.
(Indeed, as of HEAD, I couldn't find anyplace that was using the
parserSetup field at all; plpgsql was using parserSetupArg for its
own purposes, but parserSetup seemed to be write-only.)

We can actually get plpgsql out of the business of using legacy null
flags altogether, and using ParamListInfo instead of its ad-hoc
PreparedParamsData structure; but this requires inventing one more
SPI API call that can replace SPI_cursor_open_with_args.  That seems
worth doing, though.

SPI_execute_with_args and SPI_cursor_open_with_args are now unused
anywhere in the core PG distribution.  Perhaps someday we could
deprecate/remove them.  But cleaning up the crufty bits of the SPI
API is a task for a different patch.

Per bug #16040 from Jeremy Smith.  This is unfortunately too invasive to
consider back-patching.  Patch by me; thanks to Hamid Akhtar for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16040-eaacad11fecfb198@postgresql.org
2020-06-12 12:14:32 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
59fa7eb603 doc: document problems with using xreflabel in XML docs
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8315c0ca-7758-8823-fcb6-f37f9413e6b6@2ndquadrant.com

Backpatch-through: master
2020-06-11 18:44:49 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0dd1eb3aea doc: remove xreflabels from commits 75fcdd2ae2 and 85af628da5
xreflabels prevent references to the chapter numbers of sections id's.
It should only be used in specific cases.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8315c0ca-7758-8823-fcb6-f37f9413e6b6@2ndquadrant.com

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-06-11 18:19:25 -04:00
Jeff Davis
92c58fd948 Rework HashAgg GUCs.
Eliminate enable_groupingsets_hash_disk, which was primarily useful
for testing grouping sets that use HashAgg and spill. Instead, hack
the table stats to convince the planner to choose hashed aggregation
for grouping sets that will spill to disk. Suggested by Melanie
Plageman.

Rename enable_hashagg_disk to hashagg_avoid_disk_plan, and invert the
meaning of on/off. The new name indicates more strongly that it only
affects the planner. Also, the word "avoid" is less definite, which
should avoid surprises when HashAgg still needs to use the
disk. Change suggested by Justin Pryzby, though I chose a different
GUC name.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aisiENMsPM2gC4oUY1hHG3yrCwY-fXUg22C6_MJUwQdA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200610021544.GA14879@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2020-06-11 12:57:43 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut
5333e014ab Remove deprecated syntax from CREATE/DROP LANGUAGE
Remove the option to specify the language name as a single-quoted
string.  This has been obsolete since ee8ed85da3.  Removing it allows
better grammar refactoring.

The syntax of the CREATE FUNCTION LANGUAGE clause is not changed.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/163c00a5-f634-ca52-fc7c-0e53deda8735%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-11 10:26:12 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
c7eab0e97e Change default of password_encryption to scram-sha-256
Also, the legacy values on/true/yes/1 for password_encryption that
mapped to md5 are removed.  The only valid values are now
scram-sha-256 and md5.

Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jkatz@postgresql.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d5b0ad33-7d94-bdd1-caac-43a1c782cab2%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-10 16:42:55 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
c2e71cb355 Update documentation for snowball update
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a8eeabd6-2be1-43fe-401e-a97594c38478%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-08 22:44:15 +02:00
Thomas Munro
d094bf9301 Doc: Update example symptom of systemd misconfiguration.
In PostgreSQL 10, we stopped using System V semaphores on Linux
systems.  Update the example we give of an error message from a
misconfigured system to show what people are most likely to see these
days.

Back-patch to 10, where PREFERRED_SEMAPHORES=UNNAMED_POSIX arrived.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLmJUSwybaPQv39rB8ABpqJq84im2UjZvyUY4feYhpWMw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-06-08 13:20:46 +12:00
Tom Lane
d10b19e224 Stamp HEAD as 14devel.
Let the hacking begin ...
2020-06-07 17:16:30 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
0fd2a79a63 Spelling adjustments 2020-06-07 15:06:51 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
a02b8bdd98 doc: Fix man page whitespace issues
Whitespace between tags is significant, and in some cases it creates
extra vertical space in man pages.  The fix is either to remove some
newlines or in some cases to reword slightly to avoid the awkward
markup layout.
2020-06-07 14:54:28 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
b25da86615 doc: Move options on man pages into more alphabetical order 2020-06-07 14:07:33 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
9ac0a26210 doc: Fix up spacing around verbatim DocBook elements 2020-06-07 13:34:37 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
4c6f70cd33 doc: Language review 2020-06-07 13:27:57 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
b79cb8a919 doc: Trim trailing whitespace 2020-06-07 13:24:40 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
b3c2412e70 doc: Clean up title case use 2020-06-07 13:18:36 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
ab5b55505e doc: Remove line breaks after <title>
This creates unnecessary rendering problem risks, and it's
inconsistent and gets copied around.
2020-06-07 13:12:08 +02:00
Thomas Munro
c8be915aa9 Doc: Clean up references to obsolete OS versions.
Remove obsolete instructions for old operating system versions, and
update the text to reflect the defaults on modern systems.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLmJUSwybaPQv39rB8ABpqJq84im2UjZvyUY4feYhpWMw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-06-07 21:36:43 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut
c14a98032b doc: Fix incorrect link target 2020-06-07 11:16:51 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
6e2f11b631 Fix reference to wrong view in release notes
The estimate of total backup size effects the view
pg_stat_progress_basebackup, not pg_stat_progress_analyze.
2020-06-06 15:35:42 +02:00
Tom Lane
ec5d6fc4ae Doc: remove annotations about multi-row output of set-returning functions.
I thought this added clarity, or at least was consistent with the way
these entries looked before v13 ... but apparently I'm in the minority.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAXuetiHUfs73zjsJD6B78FWcUsBS-j23sdCMFXkgx5Fg@mail.gmail.com
2020-06-05 18:04:37 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
f5067049cd psql: Clean up terminology in \dAp command
The preferred terminology has been support "function", not procedure,
for some time, so change that over.  The command stays \dAp, since
\dAf is already something else.
2020-06-04 22:09:41 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
4d685f6d7b doc: PG 13 relnotes: fix link for grouping sets hash overflow
Use "guc-enable-groupingsets-hash-disk".

Reported-by: TAKATSUKA Haruka

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16468-7939d39f1786516c@postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2020-06-02 22:11:47 -04:00
Fujii Masao
43e592c706 doc: Move wal_init_zero and wal_recycle descriptions to proper section.
The group of wal_init_zero and wal_recycle is WAL_SETTINGS in guc.c,
but previously their documents were located in
"Replication"/"Sending Servers" section. This commit moves them to
the proper section "Write Ahead Log"/"Settings".

Back-patch to v12 where wal_init_zero and wal_recycle parameters
were introduced.

Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b5190ab4-a169-6a42-0e49-aed0807c8976@oss.nttdata.com
2020-06-03 10:05:30 +09:00
Amit Kapila
e641b2a995 Doc: Update the documentation for spilled transaction statistics.
Reported-by: Sawada Masahiko
Author: Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k4vNg7dRO5ECHdtQXXf1=Q4M98pfLW0dU7BKD8h79pkqA@mail.gmail.com
2020-06-02 11:35:14 +05:30
Michael Paquier
9b60c4b979 Doc: Mention about caveats of --concurrently on reindexdb page
The documentation of REINDEX includes a complete description of
CONCURRENTLY and its advantages as well as its disadvantages, but
reindexdb was not really clear about all that.

From discussion with Tom Lane, based on a report from Andrey Klychkov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1590486572.205117372@f500.i.mail.ru
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-05-31 10:48:21 +09:00
Fujii Masao
92f9468657 doc: Update the layout of "Viewing Statistics" section.
This commit updates the "Viewing Statistics" section more like
the existing catalogs chapter.

- Change its layout so that an introductory paragrap is put above
   the table for each statistics view. Previously the explanations
   were below the tables.

- Separate each view to different section and add index terms for them.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6f8a482c-b3fa-4ed9-21c3-6d222a2cb87d@oss.nttdata.com
2020-05-29 17:14:33 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
d9101e9806 doc: PG 13 relnotes: update bool_plperl item
Reported-by: Daniel Gustafsson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/54F7560D-498A-4E51-BAA4-17D4AAB2AA57@yesql.se

Backpatch-through: master
2020-05-25 21:53:53 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
ac5852fb30 gss: add missing references to hostgssenc and hostnogssenc
These were missed when these were added to pg_hba.conf in PG 12;
updates docs and pg_hba.conf.sample.

Reported-by: Arthur Nascimento

Bug: 16380

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200421182736.GG19613@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: 12
2020-05-25 20:19:28 -04:00
Michael Paquier
5832396432 Doc: Fix order of pg_shmem_allocations in system view list
pg_shmem_allocations was in the wrong position with pg_stats.

Author: Ian Barwick
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/de7279d4-7ea0-037f-d7d2-1161682339db@2ndquadrant.com
2020-05-25 15:18:11 +09:00
Fujii Masao
eaae947e2b doc: Add note about I/O timing information in EXPLAIN and pg_stat_database.
Explain that the followings are tracked only when track_io_timing GUC
is enabled.

- blk_read_time and blk_write_time in pg_stat_database
- time spent reading and writing data file blocks in EXPLAIN output
   with BUFFERS option

Whther track_io_timing is enabled affects also blk_read_time and
blk_write_time in pg_stat_statements, but which was already documented.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACZ0uYHo_NwbxpLH76OGF-O=13tkR0ZM0zeyGEhZ+JEXZVRyCA@mail.gmail.com
2020-05-22 23:33:58 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
10e1521f5c doc: PG 13 relnotes: Improve FETCH link
Reported-by: Erwin Brandstetter

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGHENJ4X626ZfYhondXSP4sQgC5zDtsp_LNg1QaD+U7vfgYXQQ@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: head
2020-05-21 22:07:17 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6ed02e6ac3 doc: PG 13 relnotes: fix FETCH FIRST ... WITH TIES xreflabel
Reported-by: Erwin Brandstetter

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGHENJ4X626ZfYhondXSP4sQgC5zDtsp_LNg1QaD+U7vfgYXQQ@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: head
2020-05-21 20:34:37 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
1c2ff3ef07 doc: suggest 1.1 as a random_page_cost value for SSDs
Reported-by: yigong hu

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOxFffcourucFqSk+tZA13ErS3XRYkDy6EeaPff4AvHGiEEuug@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-05-21 20:28:38 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
c20fd088f1 doc: Simplify mention of unique indexes for NULL control
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2304.1586532634@sss.pgh.pa.us

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-05-21 19:49:30 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan
449e14a561 Doc: Describe CREATE INDEX deduplication strategy.
The B-Tree index deduplication strategy used during CREATE INDEX and
REINDEX differs from the lazy strategy used by retail inserts.  Make
that clear by adding a new paragraph to the B-Tree implementation
section of the documentation.

In passing, do some copy-editing of nearby deduplication documentation.
2020-05-21 13:36:45 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera
e1218f59ea
doc: Adding a partition does not require Access Exclusive lock
This doc update was missed in 898e5e3290.  Backpatch to 12.

Pointed out by Pavel Luzanov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/642e9fbc-b832-698b-9a8f-d626afd7014d@postgrespro.ru
2020-05-20 14:41:00 -04:00
Michael Paquier
39cb2ee09c Doc: Fix description of pg_class.relreplident
The description missed a comma and lacked an explanation of what happens
with REPLICA IDENTITY USING INDEX when the dependent index is dropped.

Author: Marina Polyakova
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad1a0badc32658b1bbb07aa312346a1d@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-05-20 14:20:50 +09:00
Michael Paquier
a56e7046d6 Doc: Replace reference to pg_stat_wal_receiver.received_lsn by flushed_lsn
Oversight in 2c8dd05d, where the view's column has been renamed.

Reported-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c049ffcf-d2fe-90f7-c8ba-0741035aa6a7@oss.nttdata.com
2020-05-20 09:12:52 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
b31d6efe3d doc: PG 13 relnotes: fix typos
Reported-by: Daniel Gustafsson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A9D816E-F49C-470B-A23F-8B4AF999382B@yesql.se
2020-05-18 10:20:09 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
eeba6c7e43
Fix more typos and grammar problems in the glossary
Author: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/508f2fb1764c3bd518ee96a4f2247d6f@xs4all.nl
2020-05-16 22:21:07 -04:00
Tom Lane
3048898e73 Mop-up for wait event naming issues.
Synchronize the event names for parallel hash join waits with other
event names, by getting rid of the slashes and dropping "-ing"
suffixes.  Rename ClogGroupUpdate to XactGroupUpdate, to match the
new SLRU name.  Move the ProcSignalBarrier event to the IPC category;
it doesn't belong under IO.

Also a bit more wordsmithing in the wait event documentation tables.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4505.1589640417@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-16 21:00:11 -04:00
Michael Paquier
2c8dd05d6c Make pg_stat_wal_receiver consistent with the WAL receiver's shmem info
d140f2f3 has renamed receivedUpto to flushedUpto, and has added
writtenUpto to the WAL receiver's shared memory information, but
pg_stat_wal_receiver was not consistent with that.  This commit renames
received_lsn to flushed_lsn, and adds a new column called written_lsn.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200515090817.GA212736@paquier.xyz
2020-05-17 09:22:07 +09:00
Tom Lane
e78b930945 Fix bugs in OpenSSL hook renaming.
libpq's exports.txt was overlooked in commit 36d108761, which the
buildfarm is quite unhappy about.

Also, I'd gathered that the plan included renaming PQgetSSLKeyPassHook
to PQgetSSLKeyPassHook_OpenSSL, but that didn't happen in the patch
as committed.  I'm taking it on my own authority to do so now, since
the window before beta1 is closing fast.
2020-05-16 19:44:49 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
36d1087611 Rename PQsetSSLKeyPassHook and friends
4dc6355210 provided a way for libraries and clients to modify how libpq
handles client certificate passphrases, by installing a hook. However,
these routines are quite specific to how OpenSSL works, so it's
misleading and not future-proof to have these names not refer to OpenSSL.
Change all the names to add "_OpenSSL" after "Hook", and fix the docs
accordingly.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/981DE552-E399-45C2-9F60-3F0E3770CC61@yesql.se
2020-05-16 16:20:43 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
1cbc143f06
Fix typo in glossary
Reported privately by Justin Pryzby
2020-05-16 15:10:36 -04:00
Tom Lane
474e7da648 Change locktype "speculative token" to "spectoken".
It's just weird that this name wasn't chosen to look like an
identifier.  The suspicion that it wasn't thought about too
hard is reinforced by the fact that it wasn't documented in
the pg_locks view (until I did so, a day or two back).

Update, and add a comment reminding future adjusters of this
array to fix the docs too.

Do some desultory wordsmithing on various entries in the wait
events tables.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24595.1589326879@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-15 21:47:34 -04:00
Tom Lane
14a9101091 Drop the redundant "Lock" suffix from LWLock wait event names.
This was mostly confusing, especially since some wait events in
this class had the suffix and some did not.

While at it, stop exposing MainLWLockNames[] as a globally visible
name; any code using that directly is almost certainly wrong, as
its name has been misleading for some time.
(GetLWLockIdentifier() is what to use instead.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-15 19:55:56 -04:00
Tom Lane
36ac359d36 Rename assorted LWLock tranches.
Choose names that fit into the conventions for wait event names
(particularly, that multi-word names are in the style MultiWordName)
and hopefully convey more information to non-hacker users than the
previous names did.

Also rename SerializablePredicateLockListLock to
SerializablePredicateListLock; the old name was long enough to cause
table formatting problems, plus the double occurrence of "Lock" seems
confusing/error-prone.

Also change a couple of particularly opaque LWLock field names.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-15 18:11:07 -04:00
Tom Lane
5da14938f7 Rename SLRU structures and associated LWLocks.
Originally, the names assigned to SLRUs had no purpose other than
being shmem lookup keys, so not a lot of thought went into them.
As of v13, though, we're exposing them in the pg_stat_slru view and
the pg_stat_reset_slru function, so it seems advisable to take a bit
more care.  Rename them to names based on the associated on-disk
storage directories (which fortunately we *did* think about, to some
extent; since those are also visible to DBAs, consistency seems like
a good thing).  Also rename the associated LWLocks, since those names
are likewise user-exposed now as wait event names.

For the most part I only touched symbols used in the respective modules'
SimpleLruInit() calls, not the names of other related objects.  This
renaming could have been taken further, and maybe someday we will do so.
But for now it seems undesirable to change the names of any globally
visible functions or structs, so some inconsistency is unavoidable.

(But I *did* terminate "oldserxid" with prejudice, as I found that
name both unreadable and not descriptive of the SLRU's contents.)

Table 27.12 needs re-alphabetization now, but I'll leave that till
after the other LWLock renamings I have in mind.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-15 14:28:25 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
756abe2bc7
Review of the glossary
Add some more terms, clarify some definitions, remove redundant terms,
move a couple of terms to keep alphabetical order.

Co-authored-by: Jürgen Purtz <juergen@purtz.de>
Co-authored-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Co-authored-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7b9b469e804777ac9df4d37716db935e@xs4all.nl
2020-05-15 13:24:22 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6755b61899 doc: PG 13 rels: use xref labels referencing ref/*.sgml files
This avoids using <link> and supplied text.
2020-05-15 12:47:07 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
85af628da5 docs: add xreflabel entries for autovacuum, SP-GiST, and TOAST
This is for use by the PG 13 release notes, but might be used for minor
release notes in the future.

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-05-15 12:38:40 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
75fcdd2ae2 doc: add missing xreflabels to the main docs (not refs)
Add missing xreflabels for index types, geqo, libpq, spi, server-side
languages, ecpg, and vaacuumlo.

Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-05-15 12:05:43 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
bc1c1de2cc doc: PG 13 relnotes: adjust UUID item, again 2020-05-15 11:21:43 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
065ea0c30d doc: PG 13 relnotes: fix uuid item 2020-05-15 10:57:14 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e90807085c doc: PG 13 relnotes: final SGML indenting adjustments 2020-05-15 10:40:09 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e936fcb54d doc: remove extra blank line at the top of SGML files
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-05-15 09:55:43 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
8d4b23fcae doc: make ref/*.sgml file header comment layout consistent 2020-05-15 08:52:24 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
ec5afb0a4e doc: PG 13 relnotes: fix xref link and remove extra word 2020-05-15 08:29:57 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
39e7bcbbff docs: PG 13 relnotes: add links and SGML formatting 2020-05-14 22:36:21 -04:00
Tom Lane
2e619f86a9 Doc: hack on table 26.1 till it fits in PDF format.
I abbreviated the heck out of the column headings, and made a few
small wording changes, to get it to build warning-free.  I can't
say that the result is pretty, but it's probably better than
removing this table entirely.

As of this commit, we have zero "exceed the available area" warnings
in a US-letter PDF build, and one such warning (about an 863-millipoint
overrun) in an A4 build.  I expect to get rid of that one by renaming
wait events, so I'm not doing anything about it at the formatting
level.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6916.1589146280@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-14 18:44:18 -04:00
Tom Lane
3d14c174cb Doc: tweak examples to silence line-too-long PDF build warnings.
In one or two places it seemed reasonable to modify the example so as
to shorten its output slightly; but for the most part I just added a
&zwsp; after 67 characters, which is the most we can fit on a line
of monospace text in A4 format.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6916.1589146280@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-14 18:13:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
5cbfce562f Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v13.
Includes some manual cleanup of places that pgindent messed up,
most of which weren't per project style anyway.

Notably, it seems some people didn't absorb the style rules of
commit c9d297751, because there were a bunch of new occurrences
of function calls with a newline just after the left paren, all
with faulty expectations about how the rest of the call would get
indented.
2020-05-14 13:06:50 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
1255466f83 doc: PG 13 relnotes: move docbook version change to doc sect. 2020-05-14 11:51:18 -04:00
Michael Paquier
07451e1f1a Doc: Fix some inconsistencies with markups
This addresses some whitespace issues with programlisting, and corrects
the spelling of "Enter PEM pass phrase" to be consistent with the code.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/401F9024-20EA-4239-83C4-6B7AD35F94BD@yesql.se
2020-05-14 20:14:58 +09:00
Tom Lane
4fa8bd392d Doc: split up wait_event table.
The previous design for this table didn't really work in narrow views,
such as PDF output; besides which its reliance on large morerows
values made it a pain to maintain (cf ab3e4fbd5, for example).

I experimented with a couple of ways to fix it, but the best and
simplest is to split it up into a separate table for each event
type category.

I also rearranged the event ordering to be strictly alphabetical,
as nobody would ever be able to find entries otherwise.

There is work afoot to revise the set of event names described
in this table, but this commit just changes the layout, not the
contents.

In passing, add a missing entry to pg_locks.locktype,
and cross-reference that to the related wait event list.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6916.1589146280@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-13 23:36:58 -04:00
Tom Lane
a042750646 Doc: reformat catalog/view description tables.
This changes our catalog and view descriptions to use a style inspired
by the new format for function/operator tables: each table entry is
formatted roughly like a <varlistentry>, with the column name and type
on the first line and then an indented description.  This provides much
more room for expansive descriptions than we had before, and thereby
eliminates a passel of PDF build warnings.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12984.1588643549@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-13 23:03:39 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d82a5058fd doc: PG 13 relnotes: adjust wal_skip_threshold wording 2020-05-13 22:48:11 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
ac3a4866c0 docs: PG 13 relnotes: adjust wal_skip_threshold and UTF8 items 2020-05-12 17:17:21 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b89d90b051 doc: PG 13 relnotes: add documentation section and reformat
Add section about function table reformatting.
2020-05-11 22:58:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
57775e82b2 Doc: hack table 13.2 "Conflicting Lock Modes" till it fits in PDF.
I can't see any way to make this table fit in PDF column width
without either a fundamental redesign or abbreviating EXCLUSIVE.
So I did the latter.

It'd be nicer if the abbreviating didn't leak into the HTML output
as well; but the hackery required to make the output different
seems like more trouble than it's really worth.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6916.1589146280@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-11 22:00:28 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
aa976d3b90 doc: PG 13 relnotes: add duplicate btree optimization details 2020-05-11 21:24:08 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
ca4599b0dc doc: PG 13 relnotes: cumulative fixes from email feedback 2020-05-11 21:19:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
4d1563717f Doc: fix remaining over-length entries in SQL keywords table.
Even after the tweaking I did in commit 5545b69ae, some of the
longer keywords mentioned in the SQL standard don't fit the
available space in PDF output.

I experimented with various solutions like putting such keywords
on their own table lines, but everything looked ugly or confusing
or both; worse, the weirdness also appeared in the HTML version,
which (normally) doesn't need it.

The best answer seems to be to insert &zwsp; into long keywords
so that they can be broken into two lines when, and only when,
needed.  It doesn't look too awful if the break happens after
an underscore --- and fortunately, all the problematic keywords
have underscores.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6916.1589146280@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-11 20:03:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
60c90c16c1 Doc: fix "Unresolved ID reference" warnings, clean up man page cross-refs.
Use xreflabel attributes instead of endterm attributes to control the
appearance of links to subsections of SQL command reference pages.
This is simpler, it matches what we do elsewhere (e.g. for GUC variables),
and it doesn't draw "Unresolved ID reference" warnings from the PDF
toolchain.

Fix some places where the text was absolutely dependent on an <xref>
rendering exactly so, by using a <link> around the required text
instead.  At least one of those spots had already been turned into
bad grammar by subsequent changes, and the whole idea is just too
fragile for my taste.  <xref> does NOT have fixed output, don't write
as if it does.

Consistently include a page-level link in cross-man-page references,
because otherwise they are useless/nonsensical in man-page output.
Likewise, be consistent about mentioning "below" or "above" in same-page
references; we were doing that in about 90% of the cases, but now it's
100%.

Also get rid of another nonfunctional-in-PDF idea, of making
cross-references to functions by sticking ID tags on <row> constructs.
We can put the IDs on <indexterm>s instead --- which is probably not any
more sensible in abstract terms, but it works where the other doesn't.
(There is talk of attaching cross-reference IDs to most or all of
the docs' function descriptions, but for now I just fixed the two
that exist.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14480.1589154358@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-05-11 14:15:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
336aa51b70 Doc: marginal hacking to remove some PDF build warnings.
This patch eliminates a few more "exceed the available area" warnings
whose causes aren't particularly connected to anything else.

The only one really worthy of comment is that I increased the space
allowed for an <orderedlist>'s numbers, because the default of 1em
doesn't quite work for more than one digit.  The rest are one-off
insertions of &zwsp; and suchlike tweaks, in places where they
shouldn't do any damage to the material.  (In particular, although
I split some long identifiers with zwsp's, there are other nearby
occurrences of each one; so those changes shouldn't hurt greppability
of the document sources.)
2020-05-10 16:20:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
9356e43544 Doc: fix assorted misstatements of fact in catalog & system view docs.
I made up a very crude hack to compare the docs with reality (as
embodied in the system catalogs) ... and indeed they don't match
everywhere.  Missing oid columns, wrong data types, wrong "references"
links, columns listed in the wrong order.  None of this seems quite
important enough to back-patch.
2020-05-09 19:09:44 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
086ffddf36 Fix several DDL issues of generated columns versus inheritance
Several combinations of generated columns and inheritance in CREATE
TABLE were not handled correctly.  Specifically:

- Disallow a child column specifying a generation expression if the
  parent column is a generated column.  The child column definition
  must be unadorned and the parent column's generation expression will
  be copied.

- Prohibit a child column of a generated parent column specifying
  default values or identity.

- Allow a child column of a not-generated parent column specifying
  itself as a generated column.  This previously did not work, but it
  was possible to arrive at the state via other means (involving ALTER
  TABLE), so it seems sensible to support it.

Add tests for each case.  Also add documentation about the rules
involving generated columns and inheritance.

Discussion:
    https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/15830.1575468847%40sss.pgh.pa.us
    https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2678bad1-048f-519a-ef24-b12962f41807%40enterprisedb.com
    https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAJvUf_u4h0DxkCMCeEKAWCuzGUTnDP-G5iVmSwxLQSXn0_FWNQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-05-08 11:31:57 +02:00
Amit Kapila
f9463d2a90 Fix inconsistency in pg_buffercache docs.
Commit 6e654546fb avoids locking bufmgr partitions to make pg_buffercache
less disruptive on production systems but forgot to update the docs.

Reported-by: Sawada Masahiko
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6sD8oeP1qJbFAor=rCpYckU9DsywHiYx3x5Hz5Z8Ua_w@mail.gmail.com
2020-05-08 08:33:05 +05:30
Tom Lane
b2fd8ebe23 Doc: update remaining tables of functions/operators for new layout.
This converts the contrib documentation to the new style, and mops up
a couple of function tables that were outside chapter 9 in the main
docs.

A few contrib modules choose not to present their functions in the
standard tabular format.  There might be room to rethink those decisions
now that the standard format is more friendly to verbose descriptions.
But I have not undertaken to do that here; I just converted existing
tables.
2020-05-07 14:25:25 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
c265ed9b35 doc: PG 13 relnotes: adjust partitioning items
Reported-by: Amit Langote
2020-05-07 13:06:31 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
db9e99da2c doc: PG 13 relnotes: adjust wording and Unicode item 2020-05-07 10:01:22 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
545a065880 doc: PG 13 relnotes: adjust partition items and attributions
This merges three partition publication items into two.
2020-05-07 09:00:24 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
fb544735f1 doc: PG 13 relnotes, update TOAST item to mention decompression
Reported-by: Andrey M. Borodin

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D49B37B1-E2B9-4F67-8C6C-5CFD4015E8C5@yandex-team.ru
2020-05-06 19:34:22 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
c3d1fdb598 pgbench: document that the default data loading is client-side
Reported-by: Fabien COELHO

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.22.394.2005051811320.2183756@pseudo
2020-05-06 19:07:29 -04:00
Tom Lane
90be091480 Doc: remove now-redundant align specifications in colspecs.
In the wake of commit f21599311, we don't need to set table columns'
align specs retail.  Undo a few such settings I'd added in commit
5545b69ae.  (The column width adjustments stay, though.)
2020-05-06 15:58:23 -04:00